Remove LLVM 8.0.1 files.

1 files changed, 0 insertions, 7937 deletions

diff --git a/gnu/llvm/tools/clang/lib/Sema/SemaExprCXX.cpp b/gnu/llvm/tools/clang/lib/Sema/SemaExprCXX.cpp
deleted file mode 100644
index cce7a216548..00000000000
--- a/gnu/llvm/tools/clang/lib/Sema/SemaExprCXX.cpp
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,7937 +0,0 @@
-//===--- SemaExprCXX.cpp - Semantic Analysis for Expressions --------------===//
-//
-//                     The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure
-//
-// This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source
-// License. See LICENSE.TXT for details.
-//
-//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
-///
-/// \file
-/// Implements semantic analysis for C++ expressions.
-///
-//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
-
-#include "clang/Sema/SemaInternal.h"
-#include "TreeTransform.h"
-#include "TypeLocBuilder.h"
-#include "clang/AST/ASTContext.h"
-#include "clang/AST/ASTLambda.h"
-#include "clang/AST/CXXInheritance.h"
-#include "clang/AST/CharUnits.h"
-#include "clang/AST/DeclObjC.h"
-#include "clang/AST/ExprCXX.h"
-#include "clang/AST/ExprObjC.h"
-#include "clang/AST/RecursiveASTVisitor.h"
-#include "clang/AST/TypeLoc.h"
-#include "clang/Basic/AlignedAllocation.h"
-#include "clang/Basic/PartialDiagnostic.h"
-#include "clang/Basic/TargetInfo.h"
-#include "clang/Lex/Preprocessor.h"
-#include "clang/Sema/DeclSpec.h"
-#include "clang/Sema/Initialization.h"
-#include "clang/Sema/Lookup.h"
-#include "clang/Sema/ParsedTemplate.h"
-#include "clang/Sema/Scope.h"
-#include "clang/Sema/ScopeInfo.h"
-#include "clang/Sema/SemaLambda.h"
-#include "clang/Sema/TemplateDeduction.h"
-#include "llvm/ADT/APInt.h"
-#include "llvm/ADT/STLExtras.h"
-#include "llvm/Support/ErrorHandling.h"
-using namespace clang;
-using namespace sema;
-
-/// Handle the result of the special case name lookup for inheriting
-/// constructor declarations. 'NS::X::X' and 'NS::X<...>::X' are treated as
-/// constructor names in member using declarations, even if 'X' is not the
-/// name of the corresponding type.
-ParsedType Sema::getInheritingConstructorName(CXXScopeSpec &SS,
-                                              SourceLocation NameLoc,
-                                              IdentifierInfo &Name) {
-  NestedNameSpecifier *NNS = SS.getScopeRep();
-
-  // Convert the nested-name-specifier into a type.
-  QualType Type;
-  switch (NNS->getKind()) {
-  case NestedNameSpecifier::TypeSpec:
-  case NestedNameSpecifier::TypeSpecWithTemplate:
-    Type = QualType(NNS->getAsType(), 0);
-    break;
-
-  case NestedNameSpecifier::Identifier:
-    // Strip off the last layer of the nested-name-specifier and build a
-    // typename type for it.
-    assert(NNS->getAsIdentifier() == &Name && "not a constructor name");
-    Type = Context.getDependentNameType(ETK_None, NNS->getPrefix(),
-                                        NNS->getAsIdentifier());
-    break;
-
-  case NestedNameSpecifier::Global:
-  case NestedNameSpecifier::Super:
-  case NestedNameSpecifier::Namespace:
-  case NestedNameSpecifier::NamespaceAlias:
-    llvm_unreachable("Nested name specifier is not a type for inheriting ctor");
-  }
-
-  // This reference to the type is located entirely at the location of the
-  // final identifier in the qualified-id.
-  return CreateParsedType(Type,
-                          Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(Type, NameLoc));
-}
-
-ParsedType Sema::getConstructorName(IdentifierInfo &II,
-                                    SourceLocation NameLoc,
-                                    Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS,
-                                    bool EnteringContext) {
-  CXXRecordDecl *CurClass = getCurrentClass(S, &SS);
-  assert(CurClass && &II == CurClass->getIdentifier() &&
-         "not a constructor name");
-
-  // When naming a constructor as a member of a dependent context (eg, in a
-  // friend declaration or an inherited constructor declaration), form an
-  // unresolved "typename" type.
-  if (CurClass->isDependentContext() && !EnteringContext) {
-    QualType T = Context.getDependentNameType(ETK_None, SS.getScopeRep(), &II);
-    return ParsedType::make(T);
-  }
-
-  if (SS.isNotEmpty() && RequireCompleteDeclContext(SS, CurClass))
-    return ParsedType();
-
-  // Find the injected-class-name declaration. Note that we make no attempt to
-  // diagnose cases where the injected-class-name is shadowed: the only
-  // declaration that can validly shadow the injected-class-name is a
-  // non-static data member, and if the class contains both a non-static data
-  // member and a constructor then it is ill-formed (we check that in
-  // CheckCompletedCXXClass).
-  CXXRecordDecl *InjectedClassName = nullptr;
-  for (NamedDecl *ND : CurClass->lookup(&II)) {
-    auto *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(ND);
-    if (RD && RD->isInjectedClassName()) {
-      InjectedClassName = RD;
-      break;
-    }
-  }
-  if (!InjectedClassName) {
-    if (!CurClass->isInvalidDecl()) {
-      // FIXME: RequireCompleteDeclContext doesn't check dependent contexts
-      // properly. Work around it here for now.
-      Diag(SS.getLastQualifierNameLoc(),
-           diag::err_incomplete_nested_name_spec) << CurClass << SS.getRange();
-    }
-    return ParsedType();
-  }
-
-  QualType T = Context.getTypeDeclType(InjectedClassName);
-  DiagnoseUseOfDecl(InjectedClassName, NameLoc);
-  MarkAnyDeclReferenced(NameLoc, InjectedClassName, /*OdrUse=*/false);
-
-  return ParsedType::make(T);
-}
-
-ParsedType Sema::getDestructorName(SourceLocation TildeLoc,
-                                   IdentifierInfo &II,
-                                   SourceLocation NameLoc,
-                                   Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS,
-                                   ParsedType ObjectTypePtr,
-                                   bool EnteringContext) {
-  // Determine where to perform name lookup.
-
-  // FIXME: This area of the standard is very messy, and the current
-  // wording is rather unclear about which scopes we search for the
-  // destructor name; see core issues 399 and 555. Issue 399 in
-  // particular shows where the current description of destructor name
-  // lookup is completely out of line with existing practice, e.g.,
-  // this appears to be ill-formed:
-  //
-  //   namespace N {
-  //     template <typename T> struct S {
-  //       ~S();
-  //     };
-  //   }
-  //
-  //   void f(N::S<int>* s) {
-  //     s->N::S<int>::~S();
-  //   }
-  //
-  // See also PR6358 and PR6359.
-  // For this reason, we're currently only doing the C++03 version of this
-  // code; the C++0x version has to wait until we get a proper spec.
-  QualType SearchType;
-  DeclContext *LookupCtx = nullptr;
-  bool isDependent = false;
-  bool LookInScope = false;
-
-  if (SS.isInvalid())
-    return nullptr;
-
-  // If we have an object type, it's because we are in a
-  // pseudo-destructor-expression or a member access expression, and
-  // we know what type we're looking for.
-  if (ObjectTypePtr)
-    SearchType = GetTypeFromParser(ObjectTypePtr);
-
-  if (SS.isSet()) {
-    NestedNameSpecifier *NNS = SS.getScopeRep();
-
-    bool AlreadySearched = false;
-    bool LookAtPrefix = true;
-    // C++11 [basic.lookup.qual]p6:
-    //   If a pseudo-destructor-name (5.2.4) contains a nested-name-specifier,
-    //   the type-names are looked up as types in the scope designated by the
-    //   nested-name-specifier. Similarly, in a qualified-id of the form:
-    //
-    //     nested-name-specifier[opt] class-name :: ~ class-name
-    //
-    //   the second class-name is looked up in the same scope as the first.
-    //
-    // Here, we determine whether the code below is permitted to look at the
-    // prefix of the nested-name-specifier.
-    DeclContext *DC = computeDeclContext(SS, EnteringContext);
-    if (DC && DC->isFileContext()) {
-      AlreadySearched = true;
-      LookupCtx = DC;
-      isDependent = false;
-    } else if (DC && isa<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)) {
-      LookAtPrefix = false;
-      LookInScope = true;
-    }
-
-    // The second case from the C++03 rules quoted further above.
-    NestedNameSpecifier *Prefix = nullptr;
-    if (AlreadySearched) {
-      // Nothing left to do.
-    } else if (LookAtPrefix && (Prefix = NNS->getPrefix())) {
-      CXXScopeSpec PrefixSS;
-      PrefixSS.Adopt(NestedNameSpecifierLoc(Prefix, SS.location_data()));
-      LookupCtx = computeDeclContext(PrefixSS, EnteringContext);
-      isDependent = isDependentScopeSpecifier(PrefixSS);
-    } else if (ObjectTypePtr) {
-      LookupCtx = computeDeclContext(SearchType);
-      isDependent = SearchType->isDependentType();
-    } else {
-      LookupCtx = computeDeclContext(SS, EnteringContext);
-      isDependent = LookupCtx && LookupCtx->isDependentContext();
-    }
-  } else if (ObjectTypePtr) {
-    // C++ [basic.lookup.classref]p3:
-    //   If the unqualified-id is ~type-name, the type-name is looked up
-    //   in the context of the entire postfix-expression. If the type T
-    //   of the object expression is of a class type C, the type-name is
-    //   also looked up in the scope of class C. At least one of the
-    //   lookups shall find a name that refers to (possibly
-    //   cv-qualified) T.
-    LookupCtx = computeDeclContext(SearchType);
-    isDependent = SearchType->isDependentType();
-    assert((isDependent || !SearchType->isIncompleteType()) &&
-           "Caller should have completed object type");
-
-    LookInScope = true;
-  } else {
-    // Perform lookup into the current scope (only).
-    LookInScope = true;
-  }
-
-  TypeDecl *NonMatchingTypeDecl = nullptr;
-  LookupResult Found(*this, &II, NameLoc, LookupOrdinaryName);
-  for (unsigned Step = 0; Step != 2; ++Step) {
-    // Look for the name first in the computed lookup context (if we
-    // have one) and, if that fails to find a match, in the scope (if
-    // we're allowed to look there).
-    Found.clear();
-    if (Step == 0 && LookupCtx) {
-      if (RequireCompleteDeclContext(SS, LookupCtx))
-        return nullptr;
-      LookupQualifiedName(Found, LookupCtx);
-    } else if (Step == 1 && LookInScope && S) {
-      LookupName(Found, S);
-    } else {
-      continue;
-    }
-
-    // FIXME: Should we be suppressing ambiguities here?
-    if (Found.isAmbiguous())
-      return nullptr;
-
-    if (TypeDecl *Type = Found.getAsSingle<TypeDecl>()) {
-      QualType T = Context.getTypeDeclType(Type);
-      MarkAnyDeclReferenced(Type->getLocation(), Type, /*OdrUse=*/false);
-
-      if (SearchType.isNull() || SearchType->isDependentType() ||
-          Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(T, SearchType)) {
-        // We found our type!
-
-        return CreateParsedType(T,
-                                Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T, NameLoc));
-      }
-
-      if (!SearchType.isNull())
-        NonMatchingTypeDecl = Type;
-    }
-
-    // If the name that we found is a class template name, and it is
-    // the same name as the template name in the last part of the
-    // nested-name-specifier (if present) or the object type, then
-    // this is the destructor for that class.
-    // FIXME: This is a workaround until we get real drafting for core
-    // issue 399, for which there isn't even an obvious direction.
-    if (ClassTemplateDecl *Template = Found.getAsSingle<ClassTemplateDecl>()) {
-      QualType MemberOfType;
-      if (SS.isSet()) {
-        if (DeclContext *Ctx = computeDeclContext(SS, EnteringContext)) {
-          // Figure out the type of the context, if it has one.
-          if (CXXRecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Ctx))
-            MemberOfType = Context.getTypeDeclType(Record);
-        }
-      }
-      if (MemberOfType.isNull())
-        MemberOfType = SearchType;
-
-      if (MemberOfType.isNull())
-        continue;
-
-      // We're referring into a class template specialization. If the
-      // class template we found is the same as the template being
-      // specialized, we found what we are looking for.
-      if (const RecordType *Record = MemberOfType->getAs<RecordType>()) {
-        if (ClassTemplateSpecializationDecl *Spec
-              = dyn_cast<ClassTemplateSpecializationDecl>(Record->getDecl())) {
-          if (Spec->getSpecializedTemplate()->getCanonicalDecl() ==
-                Template->getCanonicalDecl())
-            return CreateParsedType(
-                MemberOfType,
-                Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(MemberOfType, NameLoc));
-        }
-
-        continue;
-      }
-
-      // We're referring to an unresolved class template
-      // specialization. Determine whether we class template we found
-      // is the same as the template being specialized or, if we don't
-      // know which template is being specialized, that it at least
-      // has the same name.
-      if (const TemplateSpecializationType *SpecType
-            = MemberOfType->getAs<TemplateSpecializationType>()) {
-        TemplateName SpecName = SpecType->getTemplateName();
-
-        // The class template we found is the same template being
-        // specialized.
-        if (TemplateDecl *SpecTemplate = SpecName.getAsTemplateDecl()) {
-          if (SpecTemplate->getCanonicalDecl() == Template->getCanonicalDecl())
-            return CreateParsedType(
-                MemberOfType,
-                Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(MemberOfType, NameLoc));
-
-          continue;
-        }
-
-        // The class template we found has the same name as the
-        // (dependent) template name being specialized.
-        if (DependentTemplateName *DepTemplate
-                                    = SpecName.getAsDependentTemplateName()) {
-          if (DepTemplate->isIdentifier() &&
-              DepTemplate->getIdentifier() == Template->getIdentifier())
-            return CreateParsedType(
-                MemberOfType,
-                Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(MemberOfType, NameLoc));
-
-          continue;
-        }
-      }
-    }
-  }
-
-  if (isDependent) {
-    // We didn't find our type, but that's okay: it's dependent
-    // anyway.
-
-    // FIXME: What if we have no nested-name-specifier?
-    QualType T = CheckTypenameType(ETK_None, SourceLocation(),
-                                   SS.getWithLocInContext(Context),
-                                   II, NameLoc);
-    return ParsedType::make(T);
-  }
-
-  if (NonMatchingTypeDecl) {
-    QualType T = Context.getTypeDeclType(NonMatchingTypeDecl);
-    Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_destructor_expr_type_mismatch)
-      << T << SearchType;
-    Diag(NonMatchingTypeDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_destructor_type_here)
-      << T;
-  } else if (ObjectTypePtr)
-    Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_ident_in_dtor_not_a_type)
-      << &II;
-  else {
-    SemaDiagnosticBuilder DtorDiag = Diag(NameLoc,
-                                          diag::err_destructor_class_name);
-    if (S) {
-      const DeclContext *Ctx = S->getEntity();
-      if (const CXXRecordDecl *Class = dyn_cast_or_null<CXXRecordDecl>(Ctx))
-        DtorDiag << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(SourceRange(NameLoc),
-                                                 Class->getNameAsString());
-    }
-  }
-
-  return nullptr;
-}
-
-ParsedType Sema::getDestructorTypeForDecltype(const DeclSpec &DS,
-                                              ParsedType ObjectType) {
-  if (DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_error)
-    return nullptr;
-
-  if (DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_decltype_auto) {
-    Diag(DS.getTypeSpecTypeLoc(), diag::err_decltype_auto_invalid);
-    return nullptr;
-  }
-
-  assert(DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_decltype &&
-         "unexpected type in getDestructorType");
-  QualType T = BuildDecltypeType(DS.getRepAsExpr(), DS.getTypeSpecTypeLoc());
-
-  // If we know the type of the object, check that the correct destructor
-  // type was named now; we can give better diagnostics this way.
-  QualType SearchType = GetTypeFromParser(ObjectType);
-  if (!SearchType.isNull() && !SearchType->isDependentType() &&
-      !Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(T, SearchType)) {
-    Diag(DS.getTypeSpecTypeLoc(), diag::err_destructor_expr_type_mismatch)
-      << T << SearchType;
-    return nullptr;
-  }
-
-  return ParsedType::make(T);
-}
-
-bool Sema::checkLiteralOperatorId(const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
-                                  const UnqualifiedId &Name) {
-  assert(Name.getKind() == UnqualifiedIdKind::IK_LiteralOperatorId);
-
-  if (!SS.isValid())
-    return false;
-
-  switch (SS.getScopeRep()->getKind()) {
-  case NestedNameSpecifier::Identifier:
-  case NestedNameSpecifier::TypeSpec:
-  case NestedNameSpecifier::TypeSpecWithTemplate:
-    // Per C++11 [over.literal]p2, literal operators can only be declared at
-    // namespace scope. Therefore, this unqualified-id cannot name anything.
-    // Reject it early, because we have no AST representation for this in the
-    // case where the scope is dependent.
-    Diag(Name.getBeginLoc(), diag::err_literal_operator_id_outside_namespace)
-        << SS.getScopeRep();
-    return true;
-
-  case NestedNameSpecifier::Global:
-  case NestedNameSpecifier::Super:
-  case NestedNameSpecifier::Namespace:
-  case NestedNameSpecifier::NamespaceAlias:
-    return false;
-  }
-
-  llvm_unreachable("unknown nested name specifier kind");
-}
-
-/// Build a C++ typeid expression with a type operand.
-ExprResult Sema::BuildCXXTypeId(QualType TypeInfoType,
-                                SourceLocation TypeidLoc,
-                                TypeSourceInfo *Operand,
-                                SourceLocation RParenLoc) {
-  // C++ [expr.typeid]p4:
-  //   The top-level cv-qualifiers of the lvalue expression or the type-id
-  //   that is the operand of typeid are always ignored.
-  //   If the type of the type-id is a class type or a reference to a class
-  //   type, the class shall be completely-defined.
-  Qualifiers Quals;
-  QualType T
-    = Context.getUnqualifiedArrayType(Operand->getType().getNonReferenceType(),
-                                      Quals);
-  if (T->getAs<RecordType>() &&
-      RequireCompleteType(TypeidLoc, T, diag::err_incomplete_typeid))
-    return ExprError();
-
-  if (T->isVariablyModifiedType())
-    return ExprError(Diag(TypeidLoc, diag::err_variably_modified_typeid) << T);
-
-  return new (Context) CXXTypeidExpr(TypeInfoType.withConst(), Operand,
-                                     SourceRange(TypeidLoc, RParenLoc));
-}
-
-/// Build a C++ typeid expression with an expression operand.
-ExprResult Sema::BuildCXXTypeId(QualType TypeInfoType,
-                                SourceLocation TypeidLoc,
-                                Expr *E,
-                                SourceLocation RParenLoc) {
-  bool WasEvaluated = false;
-  if (E && !E->isTypeDependent()) {
-    if (E->getType()->isPlaceholderType()) {
-      ExprResult result = CheckPlaceholderExpr(E);
-      if (result.isInvalid()) return ExprError();
-      E = result.get();
-    }
-
-    QualType T = E->getType();
-    if (const RecordType *RecordT = T->getAs<RecordType>()) {
-      CXXRecordDecl *RecordD = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RecordT->getDecl());
-      // C++ [expr.typeid]p3:
-      //   [...] If the type of the expression is a class type, the class
-      //   shall be completely-defined.
-      if (RequireCompleteType(TypeidLoc, T, diag::err_incomplete_typeid))
-        return ExprError();
-
-      // C++ [expr.typeid]p3:
-      //   When typeid is applied to an expression other than an glvalue of a
-      //   polymorphic class type [...] [the] expression is an unevaluated
-      //   operand. [...]
-      if (RecordD->isPolymorphic() && E->isGLValue()) {
-        // The subexpression is potentially evaluated; switch the context
-        // and recheck the subexpression.
-        ExprResult Result = TransformToPotentiallyEvaluated(E);
-        if (Result.isInvalid()) return ExprError();
-        E = Result.get();
-
-        // We require a vtable to query the type at run time.
-        MarkVTableUsed(TypeidLoc, RecordD);
-        WasEvaluated = true;
-      }
-    }
-
-    // C++ [expr.typeid]p4:
-    //   [...] If the type of the type-id is a reference to a possibly
-    //   cv-qualified type, the result of the typeid expression refers to a
-    //   std::type_info object representing the cv-unqualified referenced
-    //   type.
-    Qualifiers Quals;
-    QualType UnqualT = Context.getUnqualifiedArrayType(T, Quals);
-    if (!Context.hasSameType(T, UnqualT)) {
-      T = UnqualT;
-      E = ImpCastExprToType(E, UnqualT, CK_NoOp, E->getValueKind()).get();
-    }
-  }
-
-  if (E->getType()->isVariablyModifiedType())
-    return ExprError(Diag(TypeidLoc, diag::err_variably_modified_typeid)
-                     << E->getType());
-  else if (!inTemplateInstantiation() &&
-           E->HasSideEffects(Context, WasEvaluated)) {
-    // The expression operand for typeid is in an unevaluated expression
-    // context, so side effects could result in unintended consequences.
-    Diag(E->getExprLoc(), WasEvaluated
-                              ? diag::warn_side_effects_typeid
-                              : diag::warn_side_effects_unevaluated_context);
-  }
-
-  return new (Context) CXXTypeidExpr(TypeInfoType.withConst(), E,
-                                     SourceRange(TypeidLoc, RParenLoc));
-}
-
-/// ActOnCXXTypeidOfType - Parse typeid( type-id ) or typeid (expression);
-ExprResult
-Sema::ActOnCXXTypeid(SourceLocation OpLoc, SourceLocation LParenLoc,
-                     bool isType, void *TyOrExpr, SourceLocation RParenLoc) {
-  // OpenCL C++ 1.0 s2.9: typeid is not supported.
-  if (getLangOpts().OpenCLCPlusPlus) {
-    return ExprError(Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_openclcxx_not_supported)
-                     << "typeid");
-  }
-
-  // Find the std::type_info type.
-  if (!getStdNamespace())
-    return ExprError(Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_need_header_before_typeid));
-
-  if (!CXXTypeInfoDecl) {
-    IdentifierInfo *TypeInfoII = &PP.getIdentifierTable().get("type_info");
-    LookupResult R(*this, TypeInfoII, SourceLocation(), LookupTagName);
-    LookupQualifiedName(R, getStdNamespace());
-    CXXTypeInfoDecl = R.getAsSingle<RecordDecl>();
-    // Microsoft's typeinfo doesn't have type_info in std but in the global
-    // namespace if _HAS_EXCEPTIONS is defined to 0. See PR13153.
-    if (!CXXTypeInfoDecl && LangOpts.MSVCCompat) {
-      LookupQualifiedName(R, Context.getTranslationUnitDecl());
-      CXXTypeInfoDecl = R.getAsSingle<RecordDecl>();
-    }
-    if (!CXXTypeInfoDecl)
-      return ExprError(Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_need_header_before_typeid));
-  }
-
-  if (!getLangOpts().RTTI) {
-    return ExprError(Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_no_typeid_with_fno_rtti));
-  }
-
-  QualType TypeInfoType = Context.getTypeDeclType(CXXTypeInfoDecl);
-
-  if (isType) {
-    // The operand is a type; handle it as such.
-    TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = nullptr;
-    QualType T = GetTypeFromParser(ParsedType::getFromOpaquePtr(TyOrExpr),
-                                   &TInfo);
-    if (T.isNull())
-      return ExprError();
-
-    if (!TInfo)
-      TInfo = Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T, OpLoc);
-
-    return BuildCXXTypeId(TypeInfoType, OpLoc, TInfo, RParenLoc);
-  }
-
-  // The operand is an expression.
-  return BuildCXXTypeId(TypeInfoType, OpLoc, (Expr*)TyOrExpr, RParenLoc);
-}
-
-/// Grabs __declspec(uuid()) off a type, or returns 0 if we cannot resolve to
-/// a single GUID.
-static void
-getUuidAttrOfType(Sema &SemaRef, QualType QT,
-                  llvm::SmallSetVector<const UuidAttr *, 1> &UuidAttrs) {
-  // Optionally remove one level of pointer, reference or array indirection.
-  const Type *Ty = QT.getTypePtr();
-  if (QT->isPointerType() || QT->isReferenceType())
-    Ty = QT->getPointeeType().getTypePtr();
-  else if (QT->isArrayType())
-    Ty = Ty->getBaseElementTypeUnsafe();
-
-  const auto *TD = Ty->getAsTagDecl();
-  if (!TD)
-    return;
-
-  if (const auto *Uuid = TD->getMostRecentDecl()->getAttr<UuidAttr>()) {
-    UuidAttrs.insert(Uuid);
-    return;
-  }
-
-  // __uuidof can grab UUIDs from template arguments.
-  if (const auto *CTSD = dyn_cast<ClassTemplateSpecializationDecl>(TD)) {
-    const TemplateArgumentList &TAL = CTSD->getTemplateArgs();
-    for (const TemplateArgument &TA : TAL.asArray()) {
-      const UuidAttr *UuidForTA = nullptr;
-      if (TA.getKind() == TemplateArgument::Type)
-        getUuidAttrOfType(SemaRef, TA.getAsType(), UuidAttrs);
-      else if (TA.getKind() == TemplateArgument::Declaration)
-        getUuidAttrOfType(SemaRef, TA.getAsDecl()->getType(), UuidAttrs);
-
-      if (UuidForTA)
-        UuidAttrs.insert(UuidForTA);
-    }
-  }
-}
-
-/// Build a Microsoft __uuidof expression with a type operand.
-ExprResult Sema::BuildCXXUuidof(QualType TypeInfoType,
-                                SourceLocation TypeidLoc,
-                                TypeSourceInfo *Operand,
-                                SourceLocation RParenLoc) {
-  StringRef UuidStr;
-  if (!Operand->getType()->isDependentType()) {
-    llvm::SmallSetVector<const UuidAttr *, 1> UuidAttrs;
-    getUuidAttrOfType(*this, Operand->getType(), UuidAttrs);
-    if (UuidAttrs.empty())
-      return ExprError(Diag(TypeidLoc, diag::err_uuidof_without_guid));
-    if (UuidAttrs.size() > 1)
-      return ExprError(Diag(TypeidLoc, diag::err_uuidof_with_multiple_guids));
-    UuidStr = UuidAttrs.back()->getGuid();
-  }
-
-  return new (Context) CXXUuidofExpr(TypeInfoType.withConst(), Operand, UuidStr,
-                                     SourceRange(TypeidLoc, RParenLoc));
-}
-
-/// Build a Microsoft __uuidof expression with an expression operand.
-ExprResult Sema::BuildCXXUuidof(QualType TypeInfoType,
-                                SourceLocation TypeidLoc,
-                                Expr *E,
-                                SourceLocation RParenLoc) {
-  StringRef UuidStr;
-  if (!E->getType()->isDependentType()) {
-    if (E->isNullPointerConstant(Context, Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNull)) {
-      UuidStr = "00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000";
-    } else {
-      llvm::SmallSetVector<const UuidAttr *, 1> UuidAttrs;
-      getUuidAttrOfType(*this, E->getType(), UuidAttrs);
-      if (UuidAttrs.empty())
-        return ExprError(Diag(TypeidLoc, diag::err_uuidof_without_guid));
-      if (UuidAttrs.size() > 1)
-        return ExprError(Diag(TypeidLoc, diag::err_uuidof_with_multiple_guids));
-      UuidStr = UuidAttrs.back()->getGuid();
-    }
-  }
-
-  return new (Context) CXXUuidofExpr(TypeInfoType.withConst(), E, UuidStr,
-                                     SourceRange(TypeidLoc, RParenLoc));
-}
-
-/// ActOnCXXUuidof - Parse __uuidof( type-id ) or __uuidof (expression);
-ExprResult
-Sema::ActOnCXXUuidof(SourceLocation OpLoc, SourceLocation LParenLoc,
-                     bool isType, void *TyOrExpr, SourceLocation RParenLoc) {
-  // If MSVCGuidDecl has not been cached, do the lookup.
-  if (!MSVCGuidDecl) {
-    IdentifierInfo *GuidII = &PP.getIdentifierTable().get("_GUID");
-    LookupResult R(*this, GuidII, SourceLocation(), LookupTagName);
-    LookupQualifiedName(R, Context.getTranslationUnitDecl());
-    MSVCGuidDecl = R.getAsSingle<RecordDecl>();
-    if (!MSVCGuidDecl)
-      return ExprError(Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_need_header_before_ms_uuidof));
-  }
-
-  QualType GuidType = Context.getTypeDeclType(MSVCGuidDecl);
-
-  if (isType) {
-    // The operand is a type; handle it as such.
-    TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = nullptr;
-    QualType T = GetTypeFromParser(ParsedType::getFromOpaquePtr(TyOrExpr),
-                                   &TInfo);
-    if (T.isNull())
-      return ExprError();
-
-    if (!TInfo)
-      TInfo = Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T, OpLoc);
-
-    return BuildCXXUuidof(GuidType, OpLoc, TInfo, RParenLoc);
-  }
-
-  // The operand is an expression.
-  return BuildCXXUuidof(GuidType, OpLoc, (Expr*)TyOrExpr, RParenLoc);
-}
-
-/// ActOnCXXBoolLiteral - Parse {true,false} literals.
-ExprResult
-Sema::ActOnCXXBoolLiteral(SourceLocation OpLoc, tok::TokenKind Kind) {
-  assert((Kind == tok::kw_true || Kind == tok::kw_false) &&
-         "Unknown C++ Boolean value!");
-  return new (Context)
-      CXXBoolLiteralExpr(Kind == tok::kw_true, Context.BoolTy, OpLoc);
-}
-
-/// ActOnCXXNullPtrLiteral - Parse 'nullptr'.
-ExprResult
-Sema::ActOnCXXNullPtrLiteral(SourceLocation Loc) {
-  return new (Context) CXXNullPtrLiteralExpr(Context.NullPtrTy, Loc);
-}
-
-/// ActOnCXXThrow - Parse throw expressions.
-ExprResult
-Sema::ActOnCXXThrow(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc, Expr *Ex) {
-  bool IsThrownVarInScope = false;
-  if (Ex) {
-    // C++0x [class.copymove]p31:
-    //   When certain criteria are met, an implementation is allowed to omit the
-    //   copy/move construction of a class object [...]
-    //
-    //     - in a throw-expression, when the operand is the name of a
-    //       non-volatile automatic object (other than a function or catch-
-    //       clause parameter) whose scope does not extend beyond the end of the
-    //       innermost enclosing try-block (if there is one), the copy/move
-    //       operation from the operand to the exception object (15.1) can be
-    //       omitted by constructing the automatic object directly into the
-    //       exception object
-    if (DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(Ex->IgnoreParens()))
-      if (VarDecl *Var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(DRE->getDecl())) {
-        if (Var->hasLocalStorage() && !Var->getType().isVolatileQualified()) {
-          for( ; S; S = S->getParent()) {
-            if (S->isDeclScope(Var)) {
-              IsThrownVarInScope = true;
-              break;
-            }
-
-            if (S->getFlags() &
-                (Scope::FnScope | Scope::ClassScope | Scope::BlockScope |
-                 Scope::FunctionPrototypeScope | Scope::ObjCMethodScope |
-                 Scope::TryScope))
-              break;
-          }
-        }
-      }
-  }
-
-  return BuildCXXThrow(OpLoc, Ex, IsThrownVarInScope);
-}
-
-ExprResult Sema::BuildCXXThrow(SourceLocation OpLoc, Expr *Ex,
-                               bool IsThrownVarInScope) {
-  // Don't report an error if 'throw' is used in system headers.
-  if (!getLangOpts().CXXExceptions &&
-      !getSourceManager().isInSystemHeader(OpLoc) &&
-      (!getLangOpts().OpenMPIsDevice ||
-       !getLangOpts().OpenMPHostCXXExceptions ||
-       isInOpenMPTargetExecutionDirective() ||
-       isInOpenMPDeclareTargetContext()))
-    Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_exceptions_disabled) << "throw";
-
-  // Exceptions aren't allowed in CUDA device code.
-  if (getLangOpts().CUDA)
-    CUDADiagIfDeviceCode(OpLoc, diag::err_cuda_device_exceptions)
-        << "throw" << CurrentCUDATarget();
-
-  if (getCurScope() && getCurScope()->isOpenMPSimdDirectiveScope())
-    Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_omp_simd_region_cannot_use_stmt) << "throw";
-
-  if (Ex && !Ex->isTypeDependent()) {
-    QualType ExceptionObjectTy = Context.getExceptionObjectType(Ex->getType());
-    if (CheckCXXThrowOperand(OpLoc, ExceptionObjectTy, Ex))
-      return ExprError();
-
-    // Initialize the exception result.  This implicitly weeds out
-    // abstract types or types with inaccessible copy constructors.
-
-    // C++0x [class.copymove]p31:
-    //   When certain criteria are met, an implementation is allowed to omit the
-    //   copy/move construction of a class object [...]
-    //
-    //     - in a throw-expression, when the operand is the name of a
-    //       non-volatile automatic object (other than a function or
-    //       catch-clause
-    //       parameter) whose scope does not extend beyond the end of the
-    //       innermost enclosing try-block (if there is one), the copy/move
-    //       operation from the operand to the exception object (15.1) can be
-    //       omitted by constructing the automatic object directly into the
-    //       exception object
-    const VarDecl *NRVOVariable = nullptr;
-    if (IsThrownVarInScope)
-      NRVOVariable = getCopyElisionCandidate(QualType(), Ex, CES_Strict);
-
-    InitializedEntity Entity = InitializedEntity::InitializeException(
-        OpLoc, ExceptionObjectTy,
-        /*NRVO=*/NRVOVariable != nullptr);
-    ExprResult Res = PerformMoveOrCopyInitialization(
-        Entity, NRVOVariable, QualType(), Ex, IsThrownVarInScope);
-    if (Res.isInvalid())
-      return ExprError();
-    Ex = Res.get();
-  }
-
-  return new (Context)
-      CXXThrowExpr(Ex, Context.VoidTy, OpLoc, IsThrownVarInScope);
-}
-
-static void
-collectPublicBases(CXXRecordDecl *RD,
-                   llvm::DenseMap<CXXRecordDecl *, unsigned> &SubobjectsSeen,
-                   llvm::SmallPtrSetImpl<CXXRecordDecl *> &VBases,
-                   llvm::SetVector<CXXRecordDecl *> &PublicSubobjectsSeen,
-                   bool ParentIsPublic) {
-  for (const CXXBaseSpecifier &BS : RD->bases()) {
-    CXXRecordDecl *BaseDecl = BS.getType()->getAsCXXRecordDecl();
-    bool NewSubobject;
-    // Virtual bases constitute the same subobject.  Non-virtual bases are
-    // always distinct subobjects.
-    if (BS.isVirtual())
-      NewSubobject = VBases.insert(BaseDecl).second;
-    else
-      NewSubobject = true;
-
-    if (NewSubobject)
-      ++SubobjectsSeen[BaseDecl];
-
-    // Only add subobjects which have public access throughout the entire chain.
-    bool PublicPath = ParentIsPublic && BS.getAccessSpecifier() == AS_public;
-    if (PublicPath)
-      PublicSubobjectsSeen.insert(BaseDecl);
-
-    // Recurse on to each base subobject.
-    collectPublicBases(BaseDecl, SubobjectsSeen, VBases, PublicSubobjectsSeen,
-                       PublicPath);
-  }
-}
-
-static void getUnambiguousPublicSubobjects(
-    CXXRecordDecl *RD, llvm::SmallVectorImpl<CXXRecordDecl *> &Objects) {
-  llvm::DenseMap<CXXRecordDecl *, unsigned> SubobjectsSeen;
-  llvm::SmallSet<CXXRecordDecl *, 2> VBases;
-  llvm::SetVector<CXXRecordDecl *> PublicSubobjectsSeen;
-  SubobjectsSeen[RD] = 1;
-  PublicSubobjectsSeen.insert(RD);
-  collectPublicBases(RD, SubobjectsSeen, VBases, PublicSubobjectsSeen,
-                     /*ParentIsPublic=*/true);
-
-  for (CXXRecordDecl *PublicSubobject : PublicSubobjectsSeen) {
-    // Skip ambiguous objects.
-    if (SubobjectsSeen[PublicSubobject] > 1)
-      continue;
-
-    Objects.push_back(PublicSubobject);
-  }
-}
-
-/// CheckCXXThrowOperand - Validate the operand of a throw.
-bool Sema::CheckCXXThrowOperand(SourceLocation ThrowLoc,
-                                QualType ExceptionObjectTy, Expr *E) {
-  //   If the type of the exception would be an incomplete type or a pointer
-  //   to an incomplete type other than (cv) void the program is ill-formed.
-  QualType Ty = ExceptionObjectTy;
-  bool isPointer = false;
-  if (const PointerType* Ptr = Ty->getAs<PointerType>()) {
-    Ty = Ptr->getPointeeType();
-    isPointer = true;
-  }
-  if (!isPointer || !Ty->isVoidType()) {
-    if (RequireCompleteType(ThrowLoc, Ty,
-                            isPointer ? diag::err_throw_incomplete_ptr
-                                      : diag::err_throw_incomplete,
-                            E->getSourceRange()))
-      return true;
-
-    if (RequireNonAbstractType(ThrowLoc, ExceptionObjectTy,
-                               diag::err_throw_abstract_type, E))
-      return true;
-  }
-
-  // If the exception has class type, we need additional handling.
-  CXXRecordDecl *RD = Ty->getAsCXXRecordDecl();
-  if (!RD)
-    return false;
-
-  // If we are throwing a polymorphic class type or pointer thereof,
-  // exception handling will make use of the vtable.
-  MarkVTableUsed(ThrowLoc, RD);
-
-  // If a pointer is thrown, the referenced object will not be destroyed.
-  if (isPointer)
-    return false;
-
-  // If the class has a destructor, we must be able to call it.
-  if (!RD->hasIrrelevantDestructor()) {
-    if (CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor = LookupDestructor(RD)) {
-      MarkFunctionReferenced(E->getExprLoc(), Destructor);
-      CheckDestructorAccess(E->getExprLoc(), Destructor,
-                            PDiag(diag::err_access_dtor_exception) << Ty);
-      if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Destructor, E->getExprLoc()))
-        return true;
-    }
-  }
-
-  // The MSVC ABI creates a list of all types which can catch the exception
-  // object.  This list also references the appropriate copy constructor to call
-  // if the object is caught by value and has a non-trivial copy constructor.
-  if (Context.getTargetInfo().getCXXABI().isMicrosoft()) {
-    // We are only interested in the public, unambiguous bases contained within
-    // the exception object.  Bases which are ambiguous or otherwise
-    // inaccessible are not catchable types.
-    llvm::SmallVector<CXXRecordDecl *, 2> UnambiguousPublicSubobjects;
-    getUnambiguousPublicSubobjects(RD, UnambiguousPublicSubobjects);
-
-    for (CXXRecordDecl *Subobject : UnambiguousPublicSubobjects) {
-      // Attempt to lookup the copy constructor.  Various pieces of machinery
-      // will spring into action, like template instantiation, which means this
-      // cannot be a simple walk of the class's decls.  Instead, we must perform
-      // lookup and overload resolution.
-      CXXConstructorDecl *CD = LookupCopyingConstructor(Subobject, 0);
-      if (!CD)
-        continue;
-
-      // Mark the constructor referenced as it is used by this throw expression.
-      MarkFunctionReferenced(E->getExprLoc(), CD);
-
-      // Skip this copy constructor if it is trivial, we don't need to record it
-      // in the catchable type data.
-      if (CD->isTrivial())
-        continue;
-
-      // The copy constructor is non-trivial, create a mapping from this class
-      // type to this constructor.
-      // N.B.  The selection of copy constructor is not sensitive to this
-      // particular throw-site.  Lookup will be performed at the catch-site to
-      // ensure that the copy constructor is, in fact, accessible (via
-      // friendship or any other means).
-      Context.addCopyConstructorForExceptionObject(Subobject, CD);
-
-      // We don't keep the instantiated default argument expressions around so
-      // we must rebuild them here.
-      for (unsigned I = 1, E = CD->getNumParams(); I != E; ++I) {
-        if (CheckCXXDefaultArgExpr(ThrowLoc, CD, CD->getParamDecl(I)))
-          return true;
-      }
-    }
-  }
-
-  return false;
-}
-
-static QualType adjustCVQualifiersForCXXThisWithinLambda(
-    ArrayRef<FunctionScopeInfo *> FunctionScopes, QualType ThisTy,
-    DeclContext *CurSemaContext, ASTContext &ASTCtx) {
-
-  QualType ClassType = ThisTy->getPointeeType();
-  LambdaScopeInfo *CurLSI = nullptr;
-  DeclContext *CurDC = CurSemaContext;
-
-  // Iterate through the stack of lambdas starting from the innermost lambda to
-  // the outermost lambda, checking if '*this' is ever captured by copy - since
-  // that could change the cv-qualifiers of the '*this' object.
-  // The object referred to by '*this' starts out with the cv-qualifiers of its
-  // member function.  We then start with the innermost lambda and iterate
-  // outward checking to see if any lambda performs a by-copy capture of '*this'
-  // - and if so, any nested lambda must respect the 'constness' of that
-  // capturing lamdbda's call operator.
-  //
-
-  // Since the FunctionScopeInfo stack is representative of the lexical
-  // nesting of the lambda expressions during initial parsing (and is the best
-  // place for querying information about captures about lambdas that are
-  // partially processed) and perhaps during instantiation of function templates
-  // that contain lambda expressions that need to be transformed BUT not
-  // necessarily during instantiation of a nested generic lambda's function call
-  // operator (which might even be instantiated at the end of the TU) - at which
-  // time the DeclContext tree is mature enough to query capture information
-  // reliably - we use a two pronged approach to walk through all the lexically
-  // enclosing lambda expressions:
-  //
-  //  1) Climb down the FunctionScopeInfo stack as long as each item represents
-  //  a Lambda (i.e. LambdaScopeInfo) AND each LSI's 'closure-type' is lexically
-  //  enclosed by the call-operator of the LSI below it on the stack (while
-  //  tracking the enclosing DC for step 2 if needed).  Note the topmost LSI on
-  //  the stack represents the innermost lambda.
-  //
-  //  2) If we run out of enclosing LSI's, check if the enclosing DeclContext
-  //  represents a lambda's call operator.  If it does, we must be instantiating
-  //  a generic lambda's call operator (represented by the Current LSI, and
-  //  should be the only scenario where an inconsistency between the LSI and the
-  //  DeclContext should occur), so climb out the DeclContexts if they
-  //  represent lambdas, while querying the corresponding closure types
-  //  regarding capture information.
-
-  // 1) Climb down the function scope info stack.
-  for (int I = FunctionScopes.size();
-       I-- && isa<LambdaScopeInfo>(FunctionScopes[I]) &&
-       (!CurLSI || !CurLSI->Lambda || CurLSI->Lambda->getDeclContext() ==
-                       cast<LambdaScopeInfo>(FunctionScopes[I])->CallOperator);
-       CurDC = getLambdaAwareParentOfDeclContext(CurDC)) {
-    CurLSI = cast<LambdaScopeInfo>(FunctionScopes[I]);
-
-    if (!CurLSI->isCXXThisCaptured())
-        continue;
-
-    auto C = CurLSI->getCXXThisCapture();
-
-    if (C.isCopyCapture()) {
-      ClassType.removeLocalCVRQualifiers(Qualifiers::CVRMask);
-      if (CurLSI->CallOperator->isConst())
-        ClassType.addConst();
-      return ASTCtx.getPointerType(ClassType);
-    }
-  }
-
-  // 2) We've run out of ScopeInfos but check if CurDC is a lambda (which can
-  // happen during instantiation of its nested generic lambda call operator)
-  if (isLambdaCallOperator(CurDC)) {
-    assert(CurLSI && "While computing 'this' capture-type for a generic "
-                     "lambda, we must have a corresponding LambdaScopeInfo");
-    assert(isGenericLambdaCallOperatorSpecialization(CurLSI->CallOperator) &&
-           "While computing 'this' capture-type for a generic lambda, when we "
-           "run out of enclosing LSI's, yet the enclosing DC is a "
-           "lambda-call-operator we must be (i.e. Current LSI) in a generic "
-           "lambda call oeprator");
-    assert(CurDC == getLambdaAwareParentOfDeclContext(CurLSI->CallOperator));
-
-    auto IsThisCaptured =
-        [](CXXRecordDecl *Closure, bool &IsByCopy, bool &IsConst) {
-      IsConst = false;
-      IsByCopy = false;
-      for (auto &&C : Closure->captures()) {
-        if (C.capturesThis()) {
-          if (C.getCaptureKind() == LCK_StarThis)
-            IsByCopy = true;
-          if (Closure->getLambdaCallOperator()->isConst())
-            IsConst = true;
-          return true;
-        }
-      }
-      return false;
-    };
-
-    bool IsByCopyCapture = false;
-    bool IsConstCapture = false;
-    CXXRecordDecl *Closure = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(CurDC->getParent());
-    while (Closure &&
-           IsThisCaptured(Closure, IsByCopyCapture, IsConstCapture)) {
-      if (IsByCopyCapture) {
-        ClassType.removeLocalCVRQualifiers(Qualifiers::CVRMask);
-        if (IsConstCapture)
-          ClassType.addConst();
-        return ASTCtx.getPointerType(ClassType);
-      }
-      Closure = isLambdaCallOperator(Closure->getParent())
-                    ? cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Closure->getParent()->getParent())
-                    : nullptr;
-    }
-  }
-  return ASTCtx.getPointerType(ClassType);
-}
-
-QualType Sema::getCurrentThisType() {
-  DeclContext *DC = getFunctionLevelDeclContext();
-  QualType ThisTy = CXXThisTypeOverride;
-
-  if (CXXMethodDecl *method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(DC)) {
-    if (method && method->isInstance())
-      ThisTy = method->getThisType();
-  }
-
-  if (ThisTy.isNull() && isLambdaCallOperator(CurContext) &&
-      inTemplateInstantiation()) {
-
-    assert(isa<CXXRecordDecl>(DC) &&
-           "Trying to get 'this' type from static method?");
-
-    // This is a lambda call operator that is being instantiated as a default
-    // initializer. DC must point to the enclosing class type, so we can recover
-    // the 'this' type from it.
-
-    QualType ClassTy = Context.getTypeDeclType(cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC));
-    // There are no cv-qualifiers for 'this' within default initializers,
-    // per [expr.prim.general]p4.
-    ThisTy = Context.getPointerType(ClassTy);
-  }
-
-  // If we are within a lambda's call operator, the cv-qualifiers of 'this'
-  // might need to be adjusted if the lambda or any of its enclosing lambda's
-  // captures '*this' by copy.
-  if (!ThisTy.isNull() && isLambdaCallOperator(CurContext))
-    return adjustCVQualifiersForCXXThisWithinLambda(FunctionScopes, ThisTy,
-                                                    CurContext, Context);
-  return ThisTy;
-}
-
-Sema::CXXThisScopeRAII::CXXThisScopeRAII(Sema &S,
-                                         Decl *ContextDecl,
-                                         Qualifiers CXXThisTypeQuals,
-                                         bool Enabled)
-  : S(S), OldCXXThisTypeOverride(S.CXXThisTypeOverride), Enabled(false)
-{
-  if (!Enabled || !ContextDecl)
-    return;
-
-  CXXRecordDecl *Record = nullptr;
-  if (ClassTemplateDecl *Template = dyn_cast<ClassTemplateDecl>(ContextDecl))
-    Record = Template->getTemplatedDecl();
-  else
-    Record = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(ContextDecl);
-
-  QualType T = S.Context.getRecordType(Record);
-  T = S.getASTContext().getQualifiedType(T, CXXThisTypeQuals);
-
-  S.CXXThisTypeOverride = S.Context.getPointerType(T);
-
-  this->Enabled = true;
-}
-
-
-Sema::CXXThisScopeRAII::~CXXThisScopeRAII() {
-  if (Enabled) {
-    S.CXXThisTypeOverride = OldCXXThisTypeOverride;
-  }
-}
-
-static Expr *captureThis(Sema &S, ASTContext &Context, RecordDecl *RD,
-                         QualType ThisTy, SourceLocation Loc,
-                         const bool ByCopy) {
-
-  QualType AdjustedThisTy = ThisTy;
-  // The type of the corresponding data member (not a 'this' pointer if 'by
-  // copy').
-  QualType CaptureThisFieldTy = ThisTy;
-  if (ByCopy) {
-    // If we are capturing the object referred to by '*this' by copy, ignore any
-    // cv qualifiers inherited from the type of the member function for the type
-    // of the closure-type's corresponding data member and any use of 'this'.
-    CaptureThisFieldTy = ThisTy->getPointeeType();
-    CaptureThisFieldTy.removeLocalCVRQualifiers(Qualifiers::CVRMask);
-    AdjustedThisTy = Context.getPointerType(CaptureThisFieldTy);
-  }
-
-  FieldDecl *Field = FieldDecl::Create(
-      Context, RD, Loc, Loc, nullptr, CaptureThisFieldTy,
-      Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(CaptureThisFieldTy, Loc), nullptr, false,
-      ICIS_NoInit);
-
-  Field->setImplicit(true);
-  Field->setAccess(AS_private);
-  RD->addDecl(Field);
-  Expr *This =
-      new (Context) CXXThisExpr(Loc, ThisTy, /*isImplicit*/ true);
-  if (ByCopy) {
-    Expr *StarThis =  S.CreateBuiltinUnaryOp(Loc,
-                                      UO_Deref,
-                                      This).get();
-    InitializedEntity Entity = InitializedEntity::InitializeLambdaCapture(
-      nullptr, CaptureThisFieldTy, Loc);
-    InitializationKind InitKind = InitializationKind::CreateDirect(Loc, Loc, Loc);
-    InitializationSequence Init(S, Entity, InitKind, StarThis);
-    ExprResult ER = Init.Perform(S, Entity, InitKind, StarThis);
-    if (ER.isInvalid()) return nullptr;
-    return ER.get();
-  }
-  return This;
-}
-
-bool Sema::CheckCXXThisCapture(SourceLocation Loc, const bool Explicit,
-    bool BuildAndDiagnose, const unsigned *const FunctionScopeIndexToStopAt,
-    const bool ByCopy) {
-  // We don't need to capture this in an unevaluated context.
-  if (isUnevaluatedContext() && !Explicit)
-    return true;
-
-  assert((!ByCopy || Explicit) && "cannot implicitly capture *this by value");
-
-  const int MaxFunctionScopesIndex = FunctionScopeIndexToStopAt
-                                         ? *FunctionScopeIndexToStopAt
-                                         : FunctionScopes.size() - 1;
-
-  // Check that we can capture the *enclosing object* (referred to by '*this')
-  // by the capturing-entity/closure (lambda/block/etc) at
-  // MaxFunctionScopesIndex-deep on the FunctionScopes stack.
-
-  // Note: The *enclosing object* can only be captured by-value by a
-  // closure that is a lambda, using the explicit notation:
-  //    [*this] { ... }.
-  // Every other capture of the *enclosing object* results in its by-reference
-  // capture.
-
-  // For a closure 'L' (at MaxFunctionScopesIndex in the FunctionScopes
-  // stack), we can capture the *enclosing object* only if:
-  // - 'L' has an explicit byref or byval capture of the *enclosing object*
-  // -  or, 'L' has an implicit capture.
-  // AND
-  //   -- there is no enclosing closure
-  //   -- or, there is some enclosing closure 'E' that has already captured the
-  //      *enclosing object*, and every intervening closure (if any) between 'E'
-  //      and 'L' can implicitly capture the *enclosing object*.
-  //   -- or, every enclosing closure can implicitly capture the
-  //      *enclosing object*
-
-
-  unsigned NumCapturingClosures = 0;
-  for (int idx = MaxFunctionScopesIndex; idx >= 0; idx--) {
-    if (CapturingScopeInfo *CSI =
-            dyn_cast<CapturingScopeInfo>(FunctionScopes[idx])) {
-      if (CSI->CXXThisCaptureIndex != 0) {
-        // 'this' is already being captured; there isn't anything more to do.
-        CSI->Captures[CSI->CXXThisCaptureIndex - 1].markUsed(BuildAndDiagnose);
-        break;
-      }
-      LambdaScopeInfo *LSI = dyn_cast<LambdaScopeInfo>(CSI);
-      if (LSI && isGenericLambdaCallOperatorSpecialization(LSI->CallOperator)) {
-        // This context can't implicitly capture 'this'; fail out.
-        if (BuildAndDiagnose)
-          Diag(Loc, diag::err_this_capture)
-              << (Explicit && idx == MaxFunctionScopesIndex);
-        return true;
-      }
-      if (CSI->ImpCaptureStyle == CapturingScopeInfo::ImpCap_LambdaByref ||
-          CSI->ImpCaptureStyle == CapturingScopeInfo::ImpCap_LambdaByval ||
-          CSI->ImpCaptureStyle == CapturingScopeInfo::ImpCap_Block ||
-          CSI->ImpCaptureStyle == CapturingScopeInfo::ImpCap_CapturedRegion ||
-          (Explicit && idx == MaxFunctionScopesIndex)) {
-        // Regarding (Explicit && idx == MaxFunctionScopesIndex): only the first
-        // iteration through can be an explicit capture, all enclosing closures,
-        // if any, must perform implicit captures.
-
-        // This closure can capture 'this'; continue looking upwards.
-        NumCapturingClosures++;
-        continue;
-      }
-      // This context can't implicitly capture 'this'; fail out.
-      if (BuildAndDiagnose)
-        Diag(Loc, diag::err_this_capture)
-            << (Explicit && idx == MaxFunctionScopesIndex);
-      return true;
-    }
-    break;
-  }
-  if (!BuildAndDiagnose) return false;
-
-  // If we got here, then the closure at MaxFunctionScopesIndex on the
-  // FunctionScopes stack, can capture the *enclosing object*, so capture it
-  // (including implicit by-reference captures in any enclosing closures).
-
-  // In the loop below, respect the ByCopy flag only for the closure requesting
-  // the capture (i.e. first iteration through the loop below).  Ignore it for
-  // all enclosing closure's up to NumCapturingClosures (since they must be
-  // implicitly capturing the *enclosing  object* by reference (see loop
-  // above)).
-  assert((!ByCopy ||
-          dyn_cast<LambdaScopeInfo>(FunctionScopes[MaxFunctionScopesIndex])) &&
-         "Only a lambda can capture the enclosing object (referred to by "
-         "*this) by copy");
-  // FIXME: We need to delay this marking in PotentiallyPotentiallyEvaluated
-  // contexts.
-  QualType ThisTy = getCurrentThisType();
-  for (int idx = MaxFunctionScopesIndex; NumCapturingClosures;
-       --idx, --NumCapturingClosures) {
-    CapturingScopeInfo *CSI = cast<CapturingScopeInfo>(FunctionScopes[idx]);
-    Expr *ThisExpr = nullptr;
-
-    if (LambdaScopeInfo *LSI = dyn_cast<LambdaScopeInfo>(CSI)) {
-      // For lambda expressions, build a field and an initializing expression,
-      // and capture the *enclosing object* by copy only if this is the first
-      // iteration.
-      ThisExpr = captureThis(*this, Context, LSI->Lambda, ThisTy, Loc,
-                             ByCopy && idx == MaxFunctionScopesIndex);
-
-    } else if (CapturedRegionScopeInfo *RSI
-        = dyn_cast<CapturedRegionScopeInfo>(FunctionScopes[idx]))
-      ThisExpr =
-          captureThis(*this, Context, RSI->TheRecordDecl, ThisTy, Loc,
-                      false/*ByCopy*/);
-
-    bool isNested = NumCapturingClosures > 1;
-    CSI->addThisCapture(isNested, Loc, ThisExpr, ByCopy);
-  }
-  return false;
-}
-
-ExprResult Sema::ActOnCXXThis(SourceLocation Loc) {
-  /// C++ 9.3.2: In the body of a non-static member function, the keyword this
-  /// is a non-lvalue expression whose value is the address of the object for
-  /// which the function is called.
-
-  QualType ThisTy = getCurrentThisType();
-  if (ThisTy.isNull()) return Diag(Loc, diag::err_invalid_this_use);
-
-  CheckCXXThisCapture(Loc);
-  return new (Context) CXXThisExpr(Loc, ThisTy, /*isImplicit=*/false);
-}
-
-bool Sema::isThisOutsideMemberFunctionBody(QualType BaseType) {
-  // If we're outside the body of a member function, then we'll have a specified
-  // type for 'this'.
-  if (CXXThisTypeOverride.isNull())
-    return false;
-
-  // Determine whether we're looking into a class that's currently being
-  // defined.
-  CXXRecordDecl *Class = BaseType->getAsCXXRecordDecl();
-  return Class && Class->isBeingDefined();
-}
-
-/// Parse construction of a specified type.
-/// Can be interpreted either as function-style casting ("int(x)")
-/// or class type construction ("ClassType(x,y,z)")
-/// or creation of a value-initialized type ("int()").
-ExprResult
-Sema::ActOnCXXTypeConstructExpr(ParsedType TypeRep,
-                                SourceLocation LParenOrBraceLoc,
-                                MultiExprArg exprs,
-                                SourceLocation RParenOrBraceLoc,
-                                bool ListInitialization) {
-  if (!TypeRep)
-    return ExprError();
-
-  TypeSourceInfo *TInfo;
-  QualType Ty = GetTypeFromParser(TypeRep, &TInfo);
-  if (!TInfo)
-    TInfo = Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(Ty, SourceLocation());
-
-  auto Result = BuildCXXTypeConstructExpr(TInfo, LParenOrBraceLoc, exprs,
-                                          RParenOrBraceLoc, ListInitialization);
-  // Avoid creating a non-type-dependent expression that contains typos.
-  // Non-type-dependent expressions are liable to be discarded without
-  // checking for embedded typos.
-  if (!Result.isInvalid() && Result.get()->isInstantiationDependent() &&
-      !Result.get()->isTypeDependent())
-    Result = CorrectDelayedTyposInExpr(Result.get());
-  return Result;
-}
-
-ExprResult
-Sema::BuildCXXTypeConstructExpr(TypeSourceInfo *TInfo,
-                                SourceLocation LParenOrBraceLoc,
-                                MultiExprArg Exprs,
-                                SourceLocation RParenOrBraceLoc,
-                                bool ListInitialization) {
-  QualType Ty = TInfo->getType();
-  SourceLocation TyBeginLoc = TInfo->getTypeLoc().getBeginLoc();
-
-  if (Ty->isDependentType() || CallExpr::hasAnyTypeDependentArguments(Exprs)) {
-    // FIXME: CXXUnresolvedConstructExpr does not model list-initialization
-    // directly. We work around this by dropping the locations of the braces.
-    SourceRange Locs = ListInitialization
-                           ? SourceRange()
-                           : SourceRange(LParenOrBraceLoc, RParenOrBraceLoc);
-    return CXXUnresolvedConstructExpr::Create(Context, TInfo, Locs.getBegin(),
-                                              Exprs, Locs.getEnd());
-  }
-
-  assert((!ListInitialization ||
-          (Exprs.size() == 1 && isa<InitListExpr>(Exprs[0]))) &&
-         "List initialization must have initializer list as expression.");
-  SourceRange FullRange = SourceRange(TyBeginLoc, RParenOrBraceLoc);
-
-  InitializedEntity Entity = InitializedEntity::InitializeTemporary(TInfo);
-  InitializationKind Kind =
-      Exprs.size()
-          ? ListInitialization
-                ? InitializationKind::CreateDirectList(
-                      TyBeginLoc, LParenOrBraceLoc, RParenOrBraceLoc)
-                : InitializationKind::CreateDirect(TyBeginLoc, LParenOrBraceLoc,
-                                                   RParenOrBraceLoc)
-          : InitializationKind::CreateValue(TyBeginLoc, LParenOrBraceLoc,
-                                            RParenOrBraceLoc);
-
-  // C++1z [expr.type.conv]p1:
-  //   If the type is a placeholder for a deduced class type, [...perform class
-  //   template argument deduction...]
-  DeducedType *Deduced = Ty->getContainedDeducedType();
-  if (Deduced && isa<DeducedTemplateSpecializationType>(Deduced)) {
-    Ty = DeduceTemplateSpecializationFromInitializer(TInfo, Entity,
-                                                     Kind, Exprs);
-    if (Ty.isNull())
-      return ExprError();
-    Entity = InitializedEntity::InitializeTemporary(TInfo, Ty);
-  }
-
-  // C++ [expr.type.conv]p1:
-  // If the expression list is a parenthesized single expression, the type
-  // conversion expression is equivalent (in definedness, and if defined in
-  // meaning) to the corresponding cast expression.
-  if (Exprs.size() == 1 && !ListInitialization &&
-      !isa<InitListExpr>(Exprs[0])) {
-    Expr *Arg = Exprs[0];
-    return BuildCXXFunctionalCastExpr(TInfo, Ty, LParenOrBraceLoc, Arg,
-                                      RParenOrBraceLoc);
-  }
-
-  //   For an expression of the form T(), T shall not be an array type.
-  QualType ElemTy = Ty;
-  if (Ty->isArrayType()) {
-    if (!ListInitialization)
-      return ExprError(Diag(TyBeginLoc, diag::err_value_init_for_array_type)
-                         << FullRange);
-    ElemTy = Context.getBaseElementType(Ty);
-  }
-
-  // There doesn't seem to be an explicit rule against this but sanity demands
-  // we only construct objects with object types.
-  if (Ty->isFunctionType())
-    return ExprError(Diag(TyBeginLoc, diag::err_init_for_function_type)
-                       << Ty << FullRange);
-
-  // C++17 [expr.type.conv]p2:
-  //   If the type is cv void and the initializer is (), the expression is a
-  //   prvalue of the specified type that performs no initialization.
-  if (!Ty->isVoidType() &&
-      RequireCompleteType(TyBeginLoc, ElemTy,
-                          diag::err_invalid_incomplete_type_use, FullRange))
-    return ExprError();
-
-  //   Otherwise, the expression is a prvalue of the specified type whose
-  //   result object is direct-initialized (11.6) with the initializer.
-  InitializationSequence InitSeq(*this, Entity, Kind, Exprs);
-  ExprResult Result = InitSeq.Perform(*this, Entity, Kind, Exprs);
-
-  if (Result.isInvalid())
-    return Result;
-
-  Expr *Inner = Result.get();
-  if (CXXBindTemporaryExpr *BTE = dyn_cast_or_null<CXXBindTemporaryExpr>(Inner))
-    Inner = BTE->getSubExpr();
-  if (!isa<CXXTemporaryObjectExpr>(Inner) &&
-      !isa<CXXScalarValueInitExpr>(Inner)) {
-    // If we created a CXXTemporaryObjectExpr, that node also represents the
-    // functional cast. Otherwise, create an explicit cast to represent
-    // the syntactic form of a functional-style cast that was used here.
-    //
-    // FIXME: Creating a CXXFunctionalCastExpr around a CXXConstructExpr
-    // would give a more consistent AST representation than using a
-    // CXXTemporaryObjectExpr. It's also weird that the functional cast
-    // is sometimes handled by initialization and sometimes not.
-    QualType ResultType = Result.get()->getType();
-    SourceRange Locs = ListInitialization
-                           ? SourceRange()
-                           : SourceRange(LParenOrBraceLoc, RParenOrBraceLoc);
-    Result = CXXFunctionalCastExpr::Create(
-        Context, ResultType, Expr::getValueKindForType(Ty), TInfo, CK_NoOp,
-        Result.get(), /*Path=*/nullptr, Locs.getBegin(), Locs.getEnd());
-  }
-
-  return Result;
-}
-
-bool Sema::isUsualDeallocationFunction(const CXXMethodDecl *Method) {
-  // [CUDA] Ignore this function, if we can't call it.
-  const FunctionDecl *Caller = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(CurContext);
-  if (getLangOpts().CUDA &&
-      IdentifyCUDAPreference(Caller, Method) <= CFP_WrongSide)
-    return false;
-
-  SmallVector<const FunctionDecl*, 4> PreventedBy;
-  bool Result = Method->isUsualDeallocationFunction(PreventedBy);
-
-  if (Result || !getLangOpts().CUDA || PreventedBy.empty())
-    return Result;
-
-  // In case of CUDA, return true if none of the 1-argument deallocator
-  // functions are actually callable.
-  return llvm::none_of(PreventedBy, [&](const FunctionDecl *FD) {
-    assert(FD->getNumParams() == 1 &&
-           "Only single-operand functions should be in PreventedBy");
-    return IdentifyCUDAPreference(Caller, FD) >= CFP_HostDevice;
-  });
-}
-
-/// Determine whether the given function is a non-placement
-/// deallocation function.
-static bool isNonPlacementDeallocationFunction(Sema &S, FunctionDecl *FD) {
-  if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FD))
-    return S.isUsualDeallocationFunction(Method);
-
-  if (FD->getOverloadedOperator() != OO_Delete &&
-      FD->getOverloadedOperator() != OO_Array_Delete)
-    return false;
-
-  unsigned UsualParams = 1;
-
-  if (S.getLangOpts().SizedDeallocation && UsualParams < FD->getNumParams() &&
-      S.Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(
-          FD->getParamDecl(UsualParams)->getType(),
-          S.Context.getSizeType()))
-    ++UsualParams;
-
-  if (S.getLangOpts().AlignedAllocation && UsualParams < FD->getNumParams() &&
-      S.Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(
-          FD->getParamDecl(UsualParams)->getType(),
-          S.Context.getTypeDeclType(S.getStdAlignValT())))
-    ++UsualParams;
-
-  return UsualParams == FD->getNumParams();
-}
-
-namespace {
-  struct UsualDeallocFnInfo {
-    UsualDeallocFnInfo() : Found(), FD(nullptr) {}
-    UsualDeallocFnInfo(Sema &S, DeclAccessPair Found)
-        : Found(Found), FD(dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(Found->getUnderlyingDecl())),
-          Destroying(false), HasSizeT(false), HasAlignValT(false),
-          CUDAPref(Sema::CFP_Native) {
-      // A function template declaration is never a usual deallocation function.
-      if (!FD)
-        return;
-      unsigned NumBaseParams = 1;
-      if (FD->isDestroyingOperatorDelete()) {
-        Destroying = true;
-        ++NumBaseParams;
-      }
-
-      if (NumBaseParams < FD->getNumParams() &&
-          S.Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(
-              FD->getParamDecl(NumBaseParams)->getType(),
-              S.Context.getSizeType())) {
-        ++NumBaseParams;
-        HasSizeT = true;
-      }
-
-      if (NumBaseParams < FD->getNumParams() &&
-          FD->getParamDecl(NumBaseParams)->getType()->isAlignValT()) {
-        ++NumBaseParams;
-        HasAlignValT = true;
-      }
-
-      // In CUDA, determine how much we'd like / dislike to call this.
-      if (S.getLangOpts().CUDA)
-        if (auto *Caller = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(S.CurContext))
-          CUDAPref = S.IdentifyCUDAPreference(Caller, FD);
-    }
-
-    explicit operator bool() const { return FD; }
-
-    bool isBetterThan(const UsualDeallocFnInfo &Other, bool WantSize,
-                      bool WantAlign) const {
-      // C++ P0722:
-      //   A destroying operator delete is preferred over a non-destroying
-      //   operator delete.
-      if (Destroying != Other.Destroying)
-        return Destroying;
-
-      // C++17 [expr.delete]p10:
-      //   If the type has new-extended alignment, a function with a parameter
-      //   of type std::align_val_t is preferred; otherwise a function without
-      //   such a parameter is preferred
-      if (HasAlignValT != Other.HasAlignValT)
-        return HasAlignValT == WantAlign;
-
-      if (HasSizeT != Other.HasSizeT)
-        return HasSizeT == WantSize;
-
-      // Use CUDA call preference as a tiebreaker.
-      return CUDAPref > Other.CUDAPref;
-    }
-
-    DeclAccessPair Found;
-    FunctionDecl *FD;
-    bool Destroying, HasSizeT, HasAlignValT;
-    Sema::CUDAFunctionPreference CUDAPref;
-  };
-}
-
-/// Determine whether a type has new-extended alignment. This may be called when
-/// the type is incomplete (for a delete-expression with an incomplete pointee
-/// type), in which case it will conservatively return false if the alignment is
-/// not known.
-static bool hasNewExtendedAlignment(Sema &S, QualType AllocType) {
-  return S.getLangOpts().AlignedAllocation &&
-         S.getASTContext().getTypeAlignIfKnown(AllocType) >
-             S.getASTContext().getTargetInfo().getNewAlign();
-}
-
-/// Select the correct "usual" deallocation function to use from a selection of
-/// deallocation functions (either global or class-scope).
-static UsualDeallocFnInfo resolveDeallocationOverload(
-    Sema &S, LookupResult &R, bool WantSize, bool WantAlign,
-    llvm::SmallVectorImpl<UsualDeallocFnInfo> *BestFns = nullptr) {
-  UsualDeallocFnInfo Best;
-
-  for (auto I = R.begin(), E = R.end(); I != E; ++I) {
-    UsualDeallocFnInfo Info(S, I.getPair());
-    if (!Info || !isNonPlacementDeallocationFunction(S, Info.FD) ||
-        Info.CUDAPref == Sema::CFP_Never)
-      continue;
-
-    if (!Best) {
-      Best = Info;
-      if (BestFns)
-        BestFns->push_back(Info);
-      continue;
-    }
-
-    if (Best.isBetterThan(Info, WantSize, WantAlign))
-      continue;
-
-    //   If more than one preferred function is found, all non-preferred
-    //   functions are eliminated from further consideration.
-    if (BestFns && Info.isBetterThan(Best, WantSize, WantAlign))
-      BestFns->clear();
-
-    Best = Info;
-    if (BestFns)
-      BestFns->push_back(Info);
-  }
-
-  return Best;
-}
-
-/// Determine whether a given type is a class for which 'delete[]' would call
-/// a member 'operator delete[]' with a 'size_t' parameter. This implies that
-/// we need to store the array size (even if the type is
-/// trivially-destructible).
-static bool doesUsualArrayDeleteWantSize(Sema &S, SourceLocation loc,
-                                         QualType allocType) {
-  const RecordType *record =
-    allocType->getBaseElementTypeUnsafe()->getAs<RecordType>();
-  if (!record) return false;
-
-  // Try to find an operator delete[] in class scope.
-
-  DeclarationName deleteName =
-    S.Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName(OO_Array_Delete);
-  LookupResult ops(S, deleteName, loc, Sema::LookupOrdinaryName);
-  S.LookupQualifiedName(ops, record->getDecl());
-
-  // We're just doing this for information.
-  ops.suppressDiagnostics();
-
-  // Very likely: there's no operator delete[].
-  if (ops.empty()) return false;
-
-  // If it's ambiguous, it should be illegal to call operator delete[]
-  // on this thing, so it doesn't matter if we allocate extra space or not.
-  if (ops.isAmbiguous()) return false;
-
-  // C++17 [expr.delete]p10:
-  //   If the deallocation functions have class scope, the one without a
-  //   parameter of type std::size_t is selected.
-  auto Best = resolveDeallocationOverload(
-      S, ops, /*WantSize*/false,
-      /*WantAlign*/hasNewExtendedAlignment(S, allocType));
-  return Best && Best.HasSizeT;
-}
-
-/// Parsed a C++ 'new' expression (C++ 5.3.4).
-///
-/// E.g.:
-/// @code new (memory) int[size][4] @endcode
-/// or
-/// @code ::new Foo(23, "hello") @endcode
-///
-/// \param StartLoc The first location of the expression.
-/// \param UseGlobal True if 'new' was prefixed with '::'.
-/// \param PlacementLParen Opening paren of the placement arguments.
-/// \param PlacementArgs Placement new arguments.
-/// \param PlacementRParen Closing paren of the placement arguments.
-/// \param TypeIdParens If the type is in parens, the source range.
-/// \param D The type to be allocated, as well as array dimensions.
-/// \param Initializer The initializing expression or initializer-list, or null
-///   if there is none.
-ExprResult
-Sema::ActOnCXXNew(SourceLocation StartLoc, bool UseGlobal,
-                  SourceLocation PlacementLParen, MultiExprArg PlacementArgs,
-                  SourceLocation PlacementRParen, SourceRange TypeIdParens,
-                  Declarator &D, Expr *Initializer) {
-  Expr *ArraySize = nullptr;
-  // If the specified type is an array, unwrap it and save the expression.
-  if (D.getNumTypeObjects() > 0 &&
-      D.getTypeObject(0).Kind == DeclaratorChunk::Array) {
-    DeclaratorChunk &Chunk = D.getTypeObject(0);
-    if (D.getDeclSpec().hasAutoTypeSpec())
-      return ExprError(Diag(Chunk.Loc, diag::err_new_array_of_auto)
-        << D.getSourceRange());
-    if (Chunk.Arr.hasStatic)
-      return ExprError(Diag(Chunk.Loc, diag::err_static_illegal_in_new)
-        << D.getSourceRange());
-    if (!Chunk.Arr.NumElts)
-      return ExprError(Diag(Chunk.Loc, diag::err_array_new_needs_size)
-        << D.getSourceRange());
-
-    ArraySize = static_cast<Expr*>(Chunk.Arr.NumElts);
-    D.DropFirstTypeObject();
-  }
-
-  // Every dimension shall be of constant size.
-  if (ArraySize) {
-    for (unsigned I = 0, N = D.getNumTypeObjects(); I < N; ++I) {
-      if (D.getTypeObject(I).Kind != DeclaratorChunk::Array)
-        break;
-
-      DeclaratorChunk::ArrayTypeInfo &Array = D.getTypeObject(I).Arr;
-      if (Expr *NumElts = (Expr *)Array.NumElts) {
-        if (!NumElts->isTypeDependent() && !NumElts->isValueDependent()) {
-          if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus14) {
-            // C++1y [expr.new]p6: Every constant-expression in a noptr-new-declarator
-            //   shall be a converted constant expression (5.19) of type std::size_t
-            //   and shall evaluate to a strictly positive value.
-            unsigned IntWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getIntWidth();
-            assert(IntWidth && "Builtin type of size 0?");
-            llvm::APSInt Value(IntWidth);
-            Array.NumElts
-             = CheckConvertedConstantExpression(NumElts, Context.getSizeType(), Value,
-                                                CCEK_NewExpr)
-                 .get();
-          } else {
-            Array.NumElts
-              = VerifyIntegerConstantExpression(NumElts, nullptr,
-                                                diag::err_new_array_nonconst)
-                  .get();
-          }
-          if (!Array.NumElts)
-            return ExprError();
-        }
-      }
-    }
-  }
-
-  TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(D, /*Scope=*/nullptr);
-  QualType AllocType = TInfo->getType();
-  if (D.isInvalidType())
-    return ExprError();
-
-  SourceRange DirectInitRange;
-  if (ParenListExpr *List = dyn_cast_or_null<ParenListExpr>(Initializer))
-    DirectInitRange = List->getSourceRange();
-
-  return BuildCXXNew(SourceRange(StartLoc, D.getEndLoc()), UseGlobal,
-                     PlacementLParen, PlacementArgs, PlacementRParen,
-                     TypeIdParens, AllocType, TInfo, ArraySize, DirectInitRange,
-                     Initializer);
-}
-
-static bool isLegalArrayNewInitializer(CXXNewExpr::InitializationStyle Style,
-                                       Expr *Init) {
-  if (!Init)
-    return true;
-  if (ParenListExpr *PLE = dyn_cast<ParenListExpr>(Init))
-    return PLE->getNumExprs() == 0;
-  if (isa<ImplicitValueInitExpr>(Init))
-    return true;
-  else if (CXXConstructExpr *CCE = dyn_cast<CXXConstructExpr>(Init))
-    return !CCE->isListInitialization() &&
-           CCE->getConstructor()->isDefaultConstructor();
-  else if (Style == CXXNewExpr::ListInit) {
-    assert(isa<InitListExpr>(Init) &&
-           "Shouldn't create list CXXConstructExprs for arrays.");
-    return true;
-  }
-  return false;
-}
-
-bool
-Sema::isUnavailableAlignedAllocationFunction(const FunctionDecl &FD) const {
-  if (!getLangOpts().AlignedAllocationUnavailable)
-    return false;
-  if (FD.isDefined())
-    return false;
-  bool IsAligned = false;
-  if (FD.isReplaceableGlobalAllocationFunction(&IsAligned) && IsAligned)
-    return true;
-  return false;
-}
-
-// Emit a diagnostic if an aligned allocation/deallocation function that is not
-// implemented in the standard library is selected.
-void Sema::diagnoseUnavailableAlignedAllocation(const FunctionDecl &FD,
-                                                SourceLocation Loc) {
-  if (isUnavailableAlignedAllocationFunction(FD)) {
-    const llvm::Triple &T = getASTContext().getTargetInfo().getTriple();
-    StringRef OSName = AvailabilityAttr::getPlatformNameSourceSpelling(
-        getASTContext().getTargetInfo().getPlatformName());
-
-    OverloadedOperatorKind Kind = FD.getDeclName().getCXXOverloadedOperator();
-    bool IsDelete = Kind == OO_Delete || Kind == OO_Array_Delete;
-    Diag(Loc, diag::err_aligned_allocation_unavailable)
-        << IsDelete << FD.getType().getAsString() << OSName
-        << alignedAllocMinVersion(T.getOS()).getAsString();
-    Diag(Loc, diag::note_silence_aligned_allocation_unavailable);
-  }
-}
-
-ExprResult
-Sema::BuildCXXNew(SourceRange Range, bool UseGlobal,
-                  SourceLocation PlacementLParen,
-                  MultiExprArg PlacementArgs,
-                  SourceLocation PlacementRParen,
-                  SourceRange TypeIdParens,
-                  QualType AllocType,
-                  TypeSourceInfo *AllocTypeInfo,
-                  Expr *ArraySize,
-                  SourceRange DirectInitRange,
-                  Expr *Initializer) {
-  SourceRange TypeRange = AllocTypeInfo->getTypeLoc().getSourceRange();
-  SourceLocation StartLoc = Range.getBegin();
-
-  CXXNewExpr::InitializationStyle initStyle;
-  if (DirectInitRange.isValid()) {
-    assert(Initializer && "Have parens but no initializer.");
-    initStyle = CXXNewExpr::CallInit;
-  } else if (Initializer && isa<InitListExpr>(Initializer))
-    initStyle = CXXNewExpr::ListInit;
-  else {
-    assert((!Initializer || isa<ImplicitValueInitExpr>(Initializer) ||
-            isa<CXXConstructExpr>(Initializer)) &&
-           "Initializer expression that cannot have been implicitly created.");
-    initStyle = CXXNewExpr::NoInit;
-  }
-
-  Expr **Inits = &Initializer;
-  unsigned NumInits = Initializer ? 1 : 0;
-  if (ParenListExpr *List = dyn_cast_or_null<ParenListExpr>(Initializer)) {
-    assert(initStyle == CXXNewExpr::CallInit && "paren init for non-call init");
-    Inits = List->getExprs();
-    NumInits = List->getNumExprs();
-  }
-
-  // C++11 [expr.new]p15:
-  //   A new-expression that creates an object of type T initializes that
-  //   object as follows:
-  InitializationKind Kind
-      //     - If the new-initializer is omitted, the object is default-
-      //       initialized (8.5); if no initialization is performed,
-      //       the object has indeterminate value
-      = initStyle == CXXNewExpr::NoInit
-            ? InitializationKind::CreateDefault(TypeRange.getBegin())
-            //     - Otherwise, the new-initializer is interpreted according to
-            //     the
-            //       initialization rules of 8.5 for direct-initialization.
-            : initStyle == CXXNewExpr::ListInit
-                  ? InitializationKind::CreateDirectList(
-                        TypeRange.getBegin(), Initializer->getBeginLoc(),
-                        Initializer->getEndLoc())
-                  : InitializationKind::CreateDirect(TypeRange.getBegin(),
-                                                     DirectInitRange.getBegin(),
-                                                     DirectInitRange.getEnd());
-
-  // C++11 [dcl.spec.auto]p6. Deduce the type which 'auto' stands in for.
-  auto *Deduced = AllocType->getContainedDeducedType();
-  if (Deduced && isa<DeducedTemplateSpecializationType>(Deduced)) {
-    if (ArraySize)
-      return ExprError(Diag(ArraySize->getExprLoc(),
-                            diag::err_deduced_class_template_compound_type)
-                       << /*array*/ 2 << ArraySize->getSourceRange());
-
-    InitializedEntity Entity
-      = InitializedEntity::InitializeNew(StartLoc, AllocType);
-    AllocType = DeduceTemplateSpecializationFromInitializer(
-        AllocTypeInfo, Entity, Kind, MultiExprArg(Inits, NumInits));
-    if (AllocType.isNull())
-      return ExprError();
-  } else if (Deduced) {
-    bool Braced = (initStyle == CXXNewExpr::ListInit);
-    if (NumInits == 1) {
-      if (auto p = dyn_cast_or_null<InitListExpr>(Inits[0])) {
-        Inits = p->getInits();
-        NumInits = p->getNumInits();
-        Braced = true;
-      }
-    }
-
-    if (initStyle == CXXNewExpr::NoInit || NumInits == 0)
-      return ExprError(Diag(StartLoc, diag::err_auto_new_requires_ctor_arg)
-                       << AllocType << TypeRange);
-    if (NumInits > 1) {
-      Expr *FirstBad = Inits[1];
-      return ExprError(Diag(FirstBad->getBeginLoc(),
-                            diag::err_auto_new_ctor_multiple_expressions)
-                       << AllocType << TypeRange);
-    }
-    if (Braced && !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus17)
-      Diag(Initializer->getBeginLoc(), diag::ext_auto_new_list_init)
-          << AllocType << TypeRange;
-    QualType DeducedType;
-    if (DeduceAutoType(AllocTypeInfo, Inits[0], DeducedType) == DAR_Failed)
-      return ExprError(Diag(StartLoc, diag::err_auto_new_deduction_failure)
-                       << AllocType << Inits[0]->getType()
-                       << TypeRange << Inits[0]->getSourceRange());
-    if (DeducedType.isNull())
-      return ExprError();
-    AllocType = DeducedType;
-  }
-
-  // Per C++0x [expr.new]p5, the type being constructed may be a
-  // typedef of an array type.
-  if (!ArraySize) {
-    if (const ConstantArrayType *Array
-                              = Context.getAsConstantArrayType(AllocType)) {
-      ArraySize = IntegerLiteral::Create(Context, Array->getSize(),
-                                         Context.getSizeType(),
-                                         TypeRange.getEnd());
-      AllocType = Array->getElementType();
-    }
-  }
-
-  if (CheckAllocatedType(AllocType, TypeRange.getBegin(), TypeRange))
-    return ExprError();
-
-  // In ARC, infer 'retaining' for the allocated
-  if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount &&
-      AllocType.getObjCLifetime() == Qualifiers::OCL_None &&
-      AllocType->isObjCLifetimeType()) {
-    AllocType = Context.getLifetimeQualifiedType(AllocType,
-                                    AllocType->getObjCARCImplicitLifetime());
-  }
-
-  QualType ResultType = Context.getPointerType(AllocType);
-
-  if (ArraySize && ArraySize->getType()->isNonOverloadPlaceholderType()) {
-    ExprResult result = CheckPlaceholderExpr(ArraySize);
-    if (result.isInvalid()) return ExprError();
-    ArraySize = result.get();
-  }
-  // C++98 5.3.4p6: "The expression in a direct-new-declarator shall have
-  //   integral or enumeration type with a non-negative value."
-  // C++11 [expr.new]p6: The expression [...] shall be of integral or unscoped
-  //   enumeration type, or a class type for which a single non-explicit
-  //   conversion function to integral or unscoped enumeration type exists.
-  // C++1y [expr.new]p6: The expression [...] is implicitly converted to
-  //   std::size_t.
-  llvm::Optional<uint64_t> KnownArraySize;
-  if (ArraySize && !ArraySize->isTypeDependent()) {
-    ExprResult ConvertedSize;
-    if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus14) {
-      assert(Context.getTargetInfo().getIntWidth() && "Builtin type of size 0?");
-
-      ConvertedSize = PerformImplicitConversion(ArraySize, Context.getSizeType(),
-                                                AA_Converting);
-
-      if (!ConvertedSize.isInvalid() &&
-          ArraySize->getType()->getAs<RecordType>())
-        // Diagnose the compatibility of this conversion.
-        Diag(StartLoc, diag::warn_cxx98_compat_array_size_conversion)
-          << ArraySize->getType() << 0 << "'size_t'";
-    } else {
-      class SizeConvertDiagnoser : public ICEConvertDiagnoser {
-      protected:
-        Expr *ArraySize;
-
-      public:
-        SizeConvertDiagnoser(Expr *ArraySize)
-            : ICEConvertDiagnoser(/*AllowScopedEnumerations*/false, false, false),
-              ArraySize(ArraySize) {}
-
-        SemaDiagnosticBuilder diagnoseNotInt(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc,
-                                             QualType T) override {
-          return S.Diag(Loc, diag::err_array_size_not_integral)
-                   << S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 << T;
-        }
-
-        SemaDiagnosticBuilder diagnoseIncomplete(
-            Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, QualType T) override {
-          return S.Diag(Loc, diag::err_array_size_incomplete_type)
-                   << T << ArraySize->getSourceRange();
-        }
-
-        SemaDiagnosticBuilder diagnoseExplicitConv(
-            Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, QualType ConvTy) override {
-          return S.Diag(Loc, diag::err_array_size_explicit_conversion) << T << ConvTy;
-        }
-
-        SemaDiagnosticBuilder noteExplicitConv(
-            Sema &S, CXXConversionDecl *Conv, QualType ConvTy) override {
-          return S.Diag(Conv->getLocation(), diag::note_array_size_conversion)
-                   << ConvTy->isEnumeralType() << ConvTy;
-        }
-
-        SemaDiagnosticBuilder diagnoseAmbiguous(
-            Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, QualType T) override {
-          return S.Diag(Loc, diag::err_array_size_ambiguous_conversion) << T;
-        }
-
-        SemaDiagnosticBuilder noteAmbiguous(
-            Sema &S, CXXConversionDecl *Conv, QualType ConvTy) override {
-          return S.Diag(Conv->getLocation(), diag::note_array_size_conversion)
-                   << ConvTy->isEnumeralType() << ConvTy;
-        }
-
-        SemaDiagnosticBuilder diagnoseConversion(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc,
-                                                 QualType T,
-                                                 QualType ConvTy) override {
-          return S.Diag(Loc,
-                        S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11
-                          ? diag::warn_cxx98_compat_array_size_conversion
-                          : diag::ext_array_size_conversion)
-                   << T << ConvTy->isEnumeralType() << ConvTy;
-        }
-      } SizeDiagnoser(ArraySize);
-
-      ConvertedSize = PerformContextualImplicitConversion(StartLoc, ArraySize,
-                                                          SizeDiagnoser);
-    }
-    if (ConvertedSize.isInvalid())
-      return ExprError();
-
-    ArraySize = ConvertedSize.get();
-    QualType SizeType = ArraySize->getType();
-
-    if (!SizeType->isIntegralOrUnscopedEnumerationType())
-      return ExprError();
-
-    // C++98 [expr.new]p7:
-    //   The expression in a direct-new-declarator shall have integral type
-    //   with a non-negative value.
-    //
-    // Let's see if this is a constant < 0. If so, we reject it out of hand,
-    // per CWG1464. Otherwise, if it's not a constant, we must have an
-    // unparenthesized array type.
-    if (!ArraySize->isValueDependent()) {
-      llvm::APSInt Value;
-      // We've already performed any required implicit conversion to integer or
-      // unscoped enumeration type.
-      // FIXME: Per CWG1464, we are required to check the value prior to
-      // converting to size_t. This will never find a negative array size in
-      // C++14 onwards, because Value is always unsigned here!
-      if (ArraySize->isIntegerConstantExpr(Value, Context)) {
-        if (Value.isSigned() && Value.isNegative()) {
-          return ExprError(Diag(ArraySize->getBeginLoc(),
-                                diag::err_typecheck_negative_array_size)
-                           << ArraySize->getSourceRange());
-        }
-
-        if (!AllocType->isDependentType()) {
-          unsigned ActiveSizeBits =
-            ConstantArrayType::getNumAddressingBits(Context, AllocType, Value);
-          if (ActiveSizeBits > ConstantArrayType::getMaxSizeBits(Context))
-            return ExprError(
-                Diag(ArraySize->getBeginLoc(), diag::err_array_too_large)
-                << Value.toString(10) << ArraySize->getSourceRange());
-        }
-
-        KnownArraySize = Value.getZExtValue();
-      } else if (TypeIdParens.isValid()) {
-        // Can't have dynamic array size when the type-id is in parentheses.
-        Diag(ArraySize->getBeginLoc(), diag::ext_new_paren_array_nonconst)
-            << ArraySize->getSourceRange()
-            << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(TypeIdParens.getBegin())
-            << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(TypeIdParens.getEnd());
-
-        TypeIdParens = SourceRange();
-      }
-    }
-
-    // Note that we do *not* convert the argument in any way.  It can
-    // be signed, larger than size_t, whatever.
-  }
-
-  FunctionDecl *OperatorNew = nullptr;
-  FunctionDecl *OperatorDelete = nullptr;
-  unsigned Alignment =
-      AllocType->isDependentType() ? 0 : Context.getTypeAlign(AllocType);
-  unsigned NewAlignment = Context.getTargetInfo().getNewAlign();
-  bool PassAlignment = getLangOpts().AlignedAllocation &&
-                       Alignment > NewAlignment;
-
-  AllocationFunctionScope Scope = UseGlobal ? AFS_Global : AFS_Both;
-  if (!AllocType->isDependentType() &&
-      !Expr::hasAnyTypeDependentArguments(PlacementArgs) &&
-      FindAllocationFunctions(StartLoc,
-                              SourceRange(PlacementLParen, PlacementRParen),
-                              Scope, Scope, AllocType, ArraySize, PassAlignment,
-                              PlacementArgs, OperatorNew, OperatorDelete))
-    return ExprError();
-
-  // If this is an array allocation, compute whether the usual array
-  // deallocation function for the type has a size_t parameter.
-  bool UsualArrayDeleteWantsSize = false;
-  if (ArraySize && !AllocType->isDependentType())
-    UsualArrayDeleteWantsSize =
-        doesUsualArrayDeleteWantSize(*this, StartLoc, AllocType);
-
-  SmallVector<Expr *, 8> AllPlaceArgs;
-  if (OperatorNew) {
-    const FunctionProtoType *Proto =
-        OperatorNew->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>();
-    VariadicCallType CallType = Proto->isVariadic() ? VariadicFunction
-                                                    : VariadicDoesNotApply;
-
-    // We've already converted the placement args, just fill in any default
-    // arguments. Skip the first parameter because we don't have a corresponding
-    // argument. Skip the second parameter too if we're passing in the
-    // alignment; we've already filled it in.
-    if (GatherArgumentsForCall(PlacementLParen, OperatorNew, Proto,
-                               PassAlignment ? 2 : 1, PlacementArgs,
-                               AllPlaceArgs, CallType))
-      return ExprError();
-
-    if (!AllPlaceArgs.empty())
-      PlacementArgs = AllPlaceArgs;
-
-    // FIXME: This is wrong: PlacementArgs misses out the first (size) argument.
-    DiagnoseSentinelCalls(OperatorNew, PlacementLParen, PlacementArgs);
-
-    // FIXME: Missing call to CheckFunctionCall or equivalent
-
-    // Warn if the type is over-aligned and is being allocated by (unaligned)
-    // global operator new.
-    if (PlacementArgs.empty() && !PassAlignment &&
-        (OperatorNew->isImplicit() ||
-         (OperatorNew->getBeginLoc().isValid() &&
-          getSourceManager().isInSystemHeader(OperatorNew->getBeginLoc())))) {
-      if (Alignment > NewAlignment)
-        Diag(StartLoc, diag::warn_overaligned_type)
-            << AllocType
-            << unsigned(Alignment / Context.getCharWidth())
-            << unsigned(NewAlignment / Context.getCharWidth());
-    }
-  }
-
-  // Array 'new' can't have any initializers except empty parentheses.
-  // Initializer lists are also allowed, in C++11. Rely on the parser for the
-  // dialect distinction.
-  if (ArraySize && !isLegalArrayNewInitializer(initStyle, Initializer)) {
-    SourceRange InitRange(Inits[0]->getBeginLoc(),
-                          Inits[NumInits - 1]->getEndLoc());
-    Diag(StartLoc, diag::err_new_array_init_args) << InitRange;
-    return ExprError();
-  }
-
-  // If we can perform the initialization, and we've not already done so,
-  // do it now.
-  if (!AllocType->isDependentType() &&
-      !Expr::hasAnyTypeDependentArguments(
-          llvm::makeArrayRef(Inits, NumInits))) {
-    // The type we initialize is the complete type, including the array bound.
-    QualType InitType;
-    if (KnownArraySize)
-      InitType = Context.getConstantArrayType(
-          AllocType, llvm::APInt(Context.getTypeSize(Context.getSizeType()),
-                                 *KnownArraySize),
-          ArrayType::Normal, 0);
-    else if (ArraySize)
-      InitType =
-          Context.getIncompleteArrayType(AllocType, ArrayType::Normal, 0);
-    else
-      InitType = AllocType;
-
-    InitializedEntity Entity
-      = InitializedEntity::InitializeNew(StartLoc, InitType);
-    InitializationSequence InitSeq(*this, Entity, Kind,
-                                   MultiExprArg(Inits, NumInits));
-    ExprResult FullInit = InitSeq.Perform(*this, Entity, Kind,
-                                          MultiExprArg(Inits, NumInits));
-    if (FullInit.isInvalid())
-      return ExprError();
-
-    // FullInit is our initializer; strip off CXXBindTemporaryExprs, because
-    // we don't want the initialized object to be destructed.
-    // FIXME: We should not create these in the first place.
-    if (CXXBindTemporaryExpr *Binder =
-            dyn_cast_or_null<CXXBindTemporaryExpr>(FullInit.get()))
-      FullInit = Binder->getSubExpr();
-
-    Initializer = FullInit.get();
-  }
-
-  // Mark the new and delete operators as referenced.
-  if (OperatorNew) {
-    if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(OperatorNew, StartLoc))
-      return ExprError();
-    MarkFunctionReferenced(StartLoc, OperatorNew);
-  }
-  if (OperatorDelete) {
-    if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(OperatorDelete, StartLoc))
-      return ExprError();
-    MarkFunctionReferenced(StartLoc, OperatorDelete);
-  }
-
-  // C++0x [expr.new]p17:
-  //   If the new expression creates an array of objects of class type,
-  //   access and ambiguity control are done for the destructor.
-  QualType BaseAllocType = Context.getBaseElementType(AllocType);
-  if (ArraySize && !BaseAllocType->isDependentType()) {
-    if (const RecordType *BaseRecordType = BaseAllocType->getAs<RecordType>()) {
-      if (CXXDestructorDecl *dtor = LookupDestructor(
-              cast<CXXRecordDecl>(BaseRecordType->getDecl()))) {
-        MarkFunctionReferenced(StartLoc, dtor);
-        CheckDestructorAccess(StartLoc, dtor,
-                              PDiag(diag::err_access_dtor)
-                                << BaseAllocType);
-        if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(dtor, StartLoc))
-          return ExprError();
-      }
-    }
-  }
-
-  return CXXNewExpr::Create(Context, UseGlobal, OperatorNew, OperatorDelete,
-                            PassAlignment, UsualArrayDeleteWantsSize,
-                            PlacementArgs, TypeIdParens, ArraySize, initStyle,
-                            Initializer, ResultType, AllocTypeInfo, Range,
-                            DirectInitRange);
-}
-
-/// Checks that a type is suitable as the allocated type
-/// in a new-expression.
-bool Sema::CheckAllocatedType(QualType AllocType, SourceLocation Loc,
-                              SourceRange R) {
-  // C++ 5.3.4p1: "[The] type shall be a complete object type, but not an
-  //   abstract class type or array thereof.
-  if (AllocType->isFunctionType())
-    return Diag(Loc, diag::err_bad_new_type)
-      << AllocType << 0 << R;
-  else if (AllocType->isReferenceType())
-    return Diag(Loc, diag::err_bad_new_type)
-      << AllocType << 1 << R;
-  else if (!AllocType->isDependentType() &&
-           RequireCompleteType(Loc, AllocType, diag::err_new_incomplete_type,R))
-    return true;
-  else if (RequireNonAbstractType(Loc, AllocType,
-                                  diag::err_allocation_of_abstract_type))
-    return true;
-  else if (AllocType->isVariablyModifiedType())
-    return Diag(Loc, diag::err_variably_modified_new_type)
-             << AllocType;
-  else if (AllocType.getAddressSpace() != LangAS::Default &&
-           !getLangOpts().OpenCLCPlusPlus)
-    return Diag(Loc, diag::err_address_space_qualified_new)
-      << AllocType.getUnqualifiedType()
-      << AllocType.getQualifiers().getAddressSpaceAttributePrintValue();
-  else if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount) {
-    if (const ArrayType *AT = Context.getAsArrayType(AllocType)) {
-      QualType BaseAllocType = Context.getBaseElementType(AT);
-      if (BaseAllocType.getObjCLifetime() == Qualifiers::OCL_None &&
-          BaseAllocType->isObjCLifetimeType())
-        return Diag(Loc, diag::err_arc_new_array_without_ownership)
-          << BaseAllocType;
-    }
-  }
-
-  return false;
-}
-
-static bool resolveAllocationOverload(
-    Sema &S, LookupResult &R, SourceRange Range, SmallVectorImpl<Expr *> &Args,
-    bool &PassAlignment, FunctionDecl *&Operator,
-    OverloadCandidateSet *AlignedCandidates, Expr *AlignArg, bool Diagnose) {
-  OverloadCandidateSet Candidates(R.getNameLoc(),
-                                  OverloadCandidateSet::CSK_Normal);
-  for (LookupResult::iterator Alloc = R.begin(), AllocEnd = R.end();
-       Alloc != AllocEnd; ++Alloc) {
-    // Even member operator new/delete are implicitly treated as
-    // static, so don't use AddMemberCandidate.
-    NamedDecl *D = (*Alloc)->getUnderlyingDecl();
-
-    if (FunctionTemplateDecl *FnTemplate = dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(D)) {
-      S.AddTemplateOverloadCandidate(FnTemplate, Alloc.getPair(),
-                                     /*ExplicitTemplateArgs=*/nullptr, Args,
-                                     Candidates,
-                                     /*SuppressUserConversions=*/false);
-      continue;
-    }
-
-    FunctionDecl *Fn = cast<FunctionDecl>(D);
-    S.AddOverloadCandidate(Fn, Alloc.getPair(), Args, Candidates,
-                           /*SuppressUserConversions=*/false);
-  }
-
-  // Do the resolution.
-  OverloadCandidateSet::iterator Best;
-  switch (Candidates.BestViableFunction(S, R.getNameLoc(), Best)) {
-  case OR_Success: {
-    // Got one!
-    FunctionDecl *FnDecl = Best->Function;
-    if (S.CheckAllocationAccess(R.getNameLoc(), Range, R.getNamingClass(),
-                                Best->FoundDecl) == Sema::AR_inaccessible)
-      return true;
-
-    Operator = FnDecl;
-    return false;
-  }
-
-  case OR_No_Viable_Function:
-    // C++17 [expr.new]p13:
-    //   If no matching function is found and the allocated object type has
-    //   new-extended alignment, the alignment argument is removed from the
-    //   argument list, and overload resolution is performed again.
-    if (PassAlignment) {
-      PassAlignment = false;
-      AlignArg = Args[1];
-      Args.erase(Args.begin() + 1);
-      return resolveAllocationOverload(S, R, Range, Args, PassAlignment,
-                                       Operator, &Candidates, AlignArg,
-                                       Diagnose);
-    }
-
-    // MSVC will fall back on trying to find a matching global operator new
-    // if operator new[] cannot be found.  Also, MSVC will leak by not
-    // generating a call to operator delete or operator delete[], but we
-    // will not replicate that bug.
-    // FIXME: Find out how this interacts with the std::align_val_t fallback
-    // once MSVC implements it.
-    if (R.getLookupName().getCXXOverloadedOperator() == OO_Array_New &&
-        S.Context.getLangOpts().MSVCCompat) {
-      R.clear();
-      R.setLookupName(S.Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName(OO_New));
-      S.LookupQualifiedName(R, S.Context.getTranslationUnitDecl());
-      // FIXME: This will give bad diagnostics pointing at the wrong functions.
-      return resolveAllocationOverload(S, R, Range, Args, PassAlignment,
-                                       Operator, /*Candidates=*/nullptr,
-                                       /*AlignArg=*/nullptr, Diagnose);
-    }
-
-    if (Diagnose) {
-      S.Diag(R.getNameLoc(), diag::err_ovl_no_viable_function_in_call)
-          << R.getLookupName() << Range;
-
-      // If we have aligned candidates, only note the align_val_t candidates
-      // from AlignedCandidates and the non-align_val_t candidates from
-      // Candidates.
-      if (AlignedCandidates) {
-        auto IsAligned = [](OverloadCandidate &C) {
-          return C.Function->getNumParams() > 1 &&
-                 C.Function->getParamDecl(1)->getType()->isAlignValT();
-        };
-        auto IsUnaligned = [&](OverloadCandidate &C) { return !IsAligned(C); };
-
-        // This was an overaligned allocation, so list the aligned candidates
-        // first.
-        Args.insert(Args.begin() + 1, AlignArg);
-        AlignedCandidates->NoteCandidates(S, OCD_AllCandidates, Args, "",
-                                          R.getNameLoc(), IsAligned);
-        Args.erase(Args.begin() + 1);
-        Candidates.NoteCandidates(S, OCD_AllCandidates, Args, "", R.getNameLoc(),
-                                  IsUnaligned);
-      } else {
-        Candidates.NoteCandidates(S, OCD_AllCandidates, Args);
-      }
-    }
-    return true;
-
-  case OR_Ambiguous:
-    if (Diagnose) {
-      S.Diag(R.getNameLoc(), diag::err_ovl_ambiguous_call)
-          << R.getLookupName() << Range;
-      Candidates.NoteCandidates(S, OCD_ViableCandidates, Args);
-    }
-    return true;
-
-  case OR_Deleted: {
-    if (Diagnose) {
-      S.Diag(R.getNameLoc(), diag::err_ovl_deleted_call)
-          << Best->Function->isDeleted() << R.getLookupName()
-          << S.getDeletedOrUnavailableSuffix(Best->Function) << Range;
-      Candidates.NoteCandidates(S, OCD_AllCandidates, Args);
-    }
-    return true;
-  }
-  }
-  llvm_unreachable("Unreachable, bad result from BestViableFunction");
-}
-
-bool Sema::FindAllocationFunctions(SourceLocation StartLoc, SourceRange Range,
-                                   AllocationFunctionScope NewScope,
-                                   AllocationFunctionScope DeleteScope,
-                                   QualType AllocType, bool IsArray,
-                                   bool &PassAlignment, MultiExprArg PlaceArgs,
-                                   FunctionDecl *&OperatorNew,
-                                   FunctionDecl *&OperatorDelete,
-                                   bool Diagnose) {
-  // --- Choosing an allocation function ---
-  // C++ 5.3.4p8 - 14 & 18
-  // 1) If looking in AFS_Global scope for allocation functions, only look in
-  //    the global scope. Else, if AFS_Class, only look in the scope of the
-  //    allocated class. If AFS_Both, look in both.
-  // 2) If an array size is given, look for operator new[], else look for
-  //   operator new.
-  // 3) The first argument is always size_t. Append the arguments from the
-  //   placement form.
-
-  SmallVector<Expr*, 8> AllocArgs;
-  AllocArgs.reserve((PassAlignment ? 2 : 1) + PlaceArgs.size());
-
-  // We don't care about the actual value of these arguments.
-  // FIXME: Should the Sema create the expression and embed it in the syntax
-  // tree? Or should the consumer just recalculate the value?
-  // FIXME: Using a dummy value will interact poorly with attribute enable_if.
-  IntegerLiteral Size(Context, llvm::APInt::getNullValue(
-                      Context.getTargetInfo().getPointerWidth(0)),
-                      Context.getSizeType(),
-                      SourceLocation());
-  AllocArgs.push_back(&Size);
-
-  QualType AlignValT = Context.VoidTy;
-  if (PassAlignment) {
-    DeclareGlobalNewDelete();
-    AlignValT = Context.getTypeDeclType(getStdAlignValT());
-  }
-  CXXScalarValueInitExpr Align(AlignValT, nullptr, SourceLocation());
-  if (PassAlignment)
-    AllocArgs.push_back(&Align);
-
-  AllocArgs.insert(AllocArgs.end(), PlaceArgs.begin(), PlaceArgs.end());
-
-  // C++ [expr.new]p8:
-  //   If the allocated type is a non-array type, the allocation
-  //   function's name is operator new and the deallocation function's
-  //   name is operator delete. If the allocated type is an array
-  //   type, the allocation function's name is operator new[] and the
-  //   deallocation function's name is operator delete[].
-  DeclarationName NewName = Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName(
-      IsArray ? OO_Array_New : OO_New);
-
-  QualType AllocElemType = Context.getBaseElementType(AllocType);
-
-  // Find the allocation function.
-  {
-    LookupResult R(*this, NewName, StartLoc, LookupOrdinaryName);
-
-    // C++1z [expr.new]p9:
-    //   If the new-expression begins with a unary :: operator, the allocation
-    //   function's name is looked up in the global scope. Otherwise, if the
-    //   allocated type is a class type T or array thereof, the allocation
-    //   function's name is looked up in the scope of T.
-    if (AllocElemType->isRecordType() && NewScope != AFS_Global)
-      LookupQualifiedName(R, AllocElemType->getAsCXXRecordDecl());
-
-    // We can see ambiguity here if the allocation function is found in
-    // multiple base classes.
-    if (R.isAmbiguous())
-      return true;
-
-    //   If this lookup fails to find the name, or if the allocated type is not
-    //   a class type, the allocation function's name is looked up in the
-    //   global scope.
-    if (R.empty()) {
-      if (NewScope == AFS_Class)
-        return true;
-
-      LookupQualifiedName(R, Context.getTranslationUnitDecl());
-    }
-
-    if (getLangOpts().OpenCLCPlusPlus && R.empty()) {
-      Diag(StartLoc, diag::err_openclcxx_not_supported) << "default new";
-      return true;
-    }
-
-    assert(!R.empty() && "implicitly declared allocation functions not found");
-    assert(!R.isAmbiguous() && "global allocation functions are ambiguous");
-
-    // We do our own custom access checks below.
-    R.suppressDiagnostics();
-
-    if (resolveAllocationOverload(*this, R, Range, AllocArgs, PassAlignment,
-                                  OperatorNew, /*Candidates=*/nullptr,
-                                  /*AlignArg=*/nullptr, Diagnose))
-      return true;
-  }
-
-  // We don't need an operator delete if we're running under -fno-exceptions.
-  if (!getLangOpts().Exceptions) {
-    OperatorDelete = nullptr;
-    return false;
-  }
-
-  // Note, the name of OperatorNew might have been changed from array to
-  // non-array by resolveAllocationOverload.
-  DeclarationName DeleteName = Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName(
-      OperatorNew->getDeclName().getCXXOverloadedOperator() == OO_Array_New
-          ? OO_Array_Delete
-          : OO_Delete);
-
-  // C++ [expr.new]p19:
-  //
-  //   If the new-expression begins with a unary :: operator, the
-  //   deallocation function's name is looked up in the global
-  //   scope. Otherwise, if the allocated type is a class type T or an
-  //   array thereof, the deallocation function's name is looked up in
-  //   the scope of T. If this lookup fails to find the name, or if
-  //   the allocated type is not a class type or array thereof, the
-  //   deallocation function's name is looked up in the global scope.
-  LookupResult FoundDelete(*this, DeleteName, StartLoc, LookupOrdinaryName);
-  if (AllocElemType->isRecordType() && DeleteScope != AFS_Global) {
-    CXXRecordDecl *RD
-      = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(AllocElemType->getAs<RecordType>()->getDecl());
-    LookupQualifiedName(FoundDelete, RD);
-  }
-  if (FoundDelete.isAmbiguous())
-    return true; // FIXME: clean up expressions?
-
-  bool FoundGlobalDelete = FoundDelete.empty();
-  if (FoundDelete.empty()) {
-    if (DeleteScope == AFS_Class)
-      return true;
-
-    DeclareGlobalNewDelete();
-    LookupQualifiedName(FoundDelete, Context.getTranslationUnitDecl());
-  }
-
-  FoundDelete.suppressDiagnostics();
-
-  SmallVector<std::pair<DeclAccessPair,FunctionDecl*>, 2> Matches;
-
-  // Whether we're looking for a placement operator delete is dictated
-  // by whether we selected a placement operator new, not by whether
-  // we had explicit placement arguments.  This matters for things like
-  //   struct A { void *operator new(size_t, int = 0); ... };
-  //   A *a = new A()
-  //
-  // We don't have any definition for what a "placement allocation function"
-  // is, but we assume it's any allocation function whose
-  // parameter-declaration-clause is anything other than (size_t).
-  //
-  // FIXME: Should (size_t, std::align_val_t) also be considered non-placement?
-  // This affects whether an exception from the constructor of an overaligned
-  // type uses the sized or non-sized form of aligned operator delete.
-  bool isPlacementNew = !PlaceArgs.empty() || OperatorNew->param_size() != 1 ||
-                        OperatorNew->isVariadic();
-
-  if (isPlacementNew) {
-    // C++ [expr.new]p20:
-    //   A declaration of a placement deallocation function matches the
-    //   declaration of a placement allocation function if it has the
-    //   same number of parameters and, after parameter transformations
-    //   (8.3.5), all parameter types except the first are
-    //   identical. [...]
-    //
-    // To perform this comparison, we compute the function type that
-    // the deallocation function should have, and use that type both
-    // for template argument deduction and for comparison purposes.
-    QualType ExpectedFunctionType;
-    {
-      const FunctionProtoType *Proto
-        = OperatorNew->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>();
-
-      SmallVector<QualType, 4> ArgTypes;
-      ArgTypes.push_back(Context.VoidPtrTy);
-      for (unsigned I = 1, N = Proto->getNumParams(); I < N; ++I)
-        ArgTypes.push_back(Proto->getParamType(I));
-
-      FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo EPI;
-      // FIXME: This is not part of the standard's rule.
-      EPI.Variadic = Proto->isVariadic();
-
-      ExpectedFunctionType
-        = Context.getFunctionType(Context.VoidTy, ArgTypes, EPI);
-    }
-
-    for (LookupResult::iterator D = FoundDelete.begin(),
-                             DEnd = FoundDelete.end();
-         D != DEnd; ++D) {
-      FunctionDecl *Fn = nullptr;
-      if (FunctionTemplateDecl *FnTmpl =
-              dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>((*D)->getUnderlyingDecl())) {
-        // Perform template argument deduction to try to match the
-        // expected function type.
-        TemplateDeductionInfo Info(StartLoc);
-        if (DeduceTemplateArguments(FnTmpl, nullptr, ExpectedFunctionType, Fn,
-                                    Info))
-          continue;
-      } else
-        Fn = cast<FunctionDecl>((*D)->getUnderlyingDecl());
-
-      if (Context.hasSameType(adjustCCAndNoReturn(Fn->getType(),
-                                                  ExpectedFunctionType,
-                                                  /*AdjustExcpetionSpec*/true),
-                              ExpectedFunctionType))
-        Matches.push_back(std::make_pair(D.getPair(), Fn));
-    }
-
-    if (getLangOpts().CUDA)
-      EraseUnwantedCUDAMatches(dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(CurContext), Matches);
-  } else {
-    // C++1y [expr.new]p22:
-    //   For a non-placement allocation function, the normal deallocation
-    //   function lookup is used
-    //
-    // Per [expr.delete]p10, this lookup prefers a member operator delete
-    // without a size_t argument, but prefers a non-member operator delete
-    // with a size_t where possible (which it always is in this case).
-    llvm::SmallVector<UsualDeallocFnInfo, 4> BestDeallocFns;
-    UsualDeallocFnInfo Selected = resolveDeallocationOverload(
-        *this, FoundDelete, /*WantSize*/ FoundGlobalDelete,
-        /*WantAlign*/ hasNewExtendedAlignment(*this, AllocElemType),
-        &BestDeallocFns);
-    if (Selected)
-      Matches.push_back(std::make_pair(Selected.Found, Selected.FD));
-    else {
-      // If we failed to select an operator, all remaining functions are viable
-      // but ambiguous.
-      for (auto Fn : BestDeallocFns)
-        Matches.push_back(std::make_pair(Fn.Found, Fn.FD));
-    }
-  }
-
-  // C++ [expr.new]p20:
-  //   [...] If the lookup finds a single matching deallocation
-  //   function, that function will be called; otherwise, no
-  //   deallocation function will be called.
-  if (Matches.size() == 1) {
-    OperatorDelete = Matches[0].second;
-
-    // C++1z [expr.new]p23:
-    //   If the lookup finds a usual deallocation function (3.7.4.2)
-    //   with a parameter of type std::size_t and that function, considered
-    //   as a placement deallocation function, would have been
-    //   selected as a match for the allocation function, the program
-    //   is ill-formed.
-    if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && isPlacementNew &&
-        isNonPlacementDeallocationFunction(*this, OperatorDelete)) {
-      UsualDeallocFnInfo Info(*this,
-                              DeclAccessPair::make(OperatorDelete, AS_public));
-      // Core issue, per mail to core reflector, 2016-10-09:
-      //   If this is a member operator delete, and there is a corresponding
-      //   non-sized member operator delete, this isn't /really/ a sized
-      //   deallocation function, it just happens to have a size_t parameter.
-      bool IsSizedDelete = Info.HasSizeT;
-      if (IsSizedDelete && !FoundGlobalDelete) {
-        auto NonSizedDelete =
-            resolveDeallocationOverload(*this, FoundDelete, /*WantSize*/false,
-                                        /*WantAlign*/Info.HasAlignValT);
-        if (NonSizedDelete && !NonSizedDelete.HasSizeT &&
-            NonSizedDelete.HasAlignValT == Info.HasAlignValT)
-          IsSizedDelete = false;
-      }
-
-      if (IsSizedDelete) {
-        SourceRange R = PlaceArgs.empty()
-                            ? SourceRange()
-                            : SourceRange(PlaceArgs.front()->getBeginLoc(),
-                                          PlaceArgs.back()->getEndLoc());
-        Diag(StartLoc, diag::err_placement_new_non_placement_delete) << R;
-        if (!OperatorDelete->isImplicit())
-          Diag(OperatorDelete->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl)
-              << DeleteName;
-      }
-    }
-
-    CheckAllocationAccess(StartLoc, Range, FoundDelete.getNamingClass(),
-                          Matches[0].first);
-  } else if (!Matches.empty()) {
-    // We found multiple suitable operators. Per [expr.new]p20, that means we
-    // call no 'operator delete' function, but we should at least warn the user.
-    // FIXME: Suppress this warning if the construction cannot throw.
-    Diag(StartLoc, diag::warn_ambiguous_suitable_delete_function_found)
-      << DeleteName << AllocElemType;
-
-    for (auto &Match : Matches)
-      Diag(Match.second->getLocation(),
-           diag::note_member_declared_here) << DeleteName;
-  }
-
-  return false;
-}
-
-/// DeclareGlobalNewDelete - Declare the global forms of operator new and
-/// delete. These are:
-/// @code
-///   // C++03:
-///   void* operator new(std::size_t) throw(std::bad_alloc);
-///   void* operator new[](std::size_t) throw(std::bad_alloc);
-///   void operator delete(void *) throw();
-///   void operator delete[](void *) throw();
-///   // C++11:
-///   void* operator new(std::size_t);
-///   void* operator new[](std::size_t);
-///   void operator delete(void *) noexcept;
-///   void operator delete[](void *) noexcept;
-///   // C++1y:
-///   void* operator new(std::size_t);
-///   void* operator new[](std::size_t);
-///   void operator delete(void *) noexcept;
-///   void operator delete[](void *) noexcept;
-///   void operator delete(void *, std::size_t) noexcept;
-///   void operator delete[](void *, std::size_t) noexcept;
-/// @endcode
-/// Note that the placement and nothrow forms of new are *not* implicitly
-/// declared. Their use requires including \<new\>.
-void Sema::DeclareGlobalNewDelete() {
-  if (GlobalNewDeleteDeclared)
-    return;
-
-  // OpenCL C++ 1.0 s2.9: the implicitly declared new and delete operators
-  // are not supported.
-  if (getLangOpts().OpenCLCPlusPlus)
-    return;
-
-  // C++ [basic.std.dynamic]p2:
-  //   [...] The following allocation and deallocation functions (18.4) are
-  //   implicitly declared in global scope in each translation unit of a
-  //   program
-  //
-  //     C++03:
-  //     void* operator new(std::size_t) throw(std::bad_alloc);
-  //     void* operator new[](std::size_t) throw(std::bad_alloc);
-  //     void  operator delete(void*) throw();
-  //     void  operator delete[](void*) throw();
-  //     C++11:
-  //     void* operator new(std::size_t);
-  //     void* operator new[](std::size_t);
-  //     void  operator delete(void*) noexcept;
-  //     void  operator delete[](void*) noexcept;
-  //     C++1y:
-  //     void* operator new(std::size_t);
-  //     void* operator new[](std::size_t);
-  //     void  operator delete(void*) noexcept;
-  //     void  operator delete[](void*) noexcept;
-  //     void  operator delete(void*, std::size_t) noexcept;
-  //     void  operator delete[](void*, std::size_t) noexcept;
-  //
-  //   These implicit declarations introduce only the function names operator
-  //   new, operator new[], operator delete, operator delete[].
-  //
-  // Here, we need to refer to std::bad_alloc, so we will implicitly declare
-  // "std" or "bad_alloc" as necessary to form the exception specification.
-  // However, we do not make these implicit declarations visible to name
-  // lookup.
-  if (!StdBadAlloc && !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11) {
-    // The "std::bad_alloc" class has not yet been declared, so build it
-    // implicitly.
-    StdBadAlloc = CXXRecordDecl::Create(Context, TTK_Class,
-                                        getOrCreateStdNamespace(),
-                                        SourceLocation(), SourceLocation(),
-                                      &PP.getIdentifierTable().get("bad_alloc"),
-                                        nullptr);
-    getStdBadAlloc()->setImplicit(true);
-  }
-  if (!StdAlignValT && getLangOpts().AlignedAllocation) {
-    // The "std::align_val_t" enum class has not yet been declared, so build it
-    // implicitly.
-    auto *AlignValT = EnumDecl::Create(
-        Context, getOrCreateStdNamespace(), SourceLocation(), SourceLocation(),
-        &PP.getIdentifierTable().get("align_val_t"), nullptr, true, true, true);
-    AlignValT->setIntegerType(Context.getSizeType());
-    AlignValT->setPromotionType(Context.getSizeType());
-    AlignValT->setImplicit(true);
-    StdAlignValT = AlignValT;
-  }
-
-  GlobalNewDeleteDeclared = true;
-
-  QualType VoidPtr = Context.getPointerType(Context.VoidTy);
-  QualType SizeT = Context.getSizeType();
-
-  auto DeclareGlobalAllocationFunctions = [&](OverloadedOperatorKind Kind,
-                                              QualType Return, QualType Param) {
-    llvm::SmallVector<QualType, 3> Params;
-    Params.push_back(Param);
-
-    // Create up to four variants of the function (sized/aligned).
-    bool HasSizedVariant = getLangOpts().SizedDeallocation &&
-                           (Kind == OO_Delete || Kind == OO_Array_Delete);
-    bool HasAlignedVariant = getLangOpts().AlignedAllocation;
-
-    int NumSizeVariants = (HasSizedVariant ? 2 : 1);
-    int NumAlignVariants = (HasAlignedVariant ? 2 : 1);
-    for (int Sized = 0; Sized < NumSizeVariants; ++Sized) {
-      if (Sized)
-        Params.push_back(SizeT);
-
-      for (int Aligned = 0; Aligned < NumAlignVariants; ++Aligned) {
-        if (Aligned)
-          Params.push_back(Context.getTypeDeclType(getStdAlignValT()));
-
-        DeclareGlobalAllocationFunction(
-            Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName(Kind), Return, Params);
-
-        if (Aligned)
-          Params.pop_back();
-      }
-    }
-  };
-
-  DeclareGlobalAllocationFunctions(OO_New, VoidPtr, SizeT);
-  DeclareGlobalAllocationFunctions(OO_Array_New, VoidPtr, SizeT);
-  DeclareGlobalAllocationFunctions(OO_Delete, Context.VoidTy, VoidPtr);
-  DeclareGlobalAllocationFunctions(OO_Array_Delete, Context.VoidTy, VoidPtr);
-}
-
-/// DeclareGlobalAllocationFunction - Declares a single implicit global
-/// allocation function if it doesn't already exist.
-void Sema::DeclareGlobalAllocationFunction(DeclarationName Name,
-                                           QualType Return,
-                                           ArrayRef<QualType> Params) {
-  DeclContext *GlobalCtx = Context.getTranslationUnitDecl();
-
-  // Check if this function is already declared.
-  DeclContext::lookup_result R = GlobalCtx->lookup(Name);
-  for (DeclContext::lookup_iterator Alloc = R.begin(), AllocEnd = R.end();
-       Alloc != AllocEnd; ++Alloc) {
-    // Only look at non-template functions, as it is the predefined,
-    // non-templated allocation function we are trying to declare here.
-    if (FunctionDecl *Func = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(*Alloc)) {
-      if (Func->getNumParams() == Params.size()) {
-        llvm::SmallVector<QualType, 3> FuncParams;
-        for (auto *P : Func->parameters())
-          FuncParams.push_back(
-              Context.getCanonicalType(P->getType().getUnqualifiedType()));
-        if (llvm::makeArrayRef(FuncParams) == Params) {
-          // Make the function visible to name lookup, even if we found it in
-          // an unimported module. It either is an implicitly-declared global
-          // allocation function, or is suppressing that function.
-          Func->setVisibleDespiteOwningModule();
-          return;
-        }
-      }
-    }
-  }
-
-  FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo EPI;
-
-  QualType BadAllocType;
-  bool HasBadAllocExceptionSpec
-    = (Name.getCXXOverloadedOperator() == OO_New ||
-       Name.getCXXOverloadedOperator() == OO_Array_New);
-  if (HasBadAllocExceptionSpec) {
-    if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11) {
-      BadAllocType = Context.getTypeDeclType(getStdBadAlloc());
-      assert(StdBadAlloc && "Must have std::bad_alloc declared");
-      EPI.ExceptionSpec.Type = EST_Dynamic;
-      EPI.ExceptionSpec.Exceptions = llvm::makeArrayRef(BadAllocType);
-    }
-  } else {
-    EPI.ExceptionSpec =
-        getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 ? EST_BasicNoexcept : EST_DynamicNone;
-  }
-
-  auto CreateAllocationFunctionDecl = [&](Attr *ExtraAttr) {
-    QualType FnType = Context.getFunctionType(Return, Params, EPI);
-    FunctionDecl *Alloc = FunctionDecl::Create(
-        Context, GlobalCtx, SourceLocation(), SourceLocation(), Name,
-        FnType, /*TInfo=*/nullptr, SC_None, false, true);
-    Alloc->setImplicit();
-    // Global allocation functions should always be visible.
-    Alloc->setVisibleDespiteOwningModule();
-
-    Alloc->addAttr(VisibilityAttr::CreateImplicit(
-        Context, LangOpts.GlobalAllocationFunctionVisibilityHidden
-                     ? VisibilityAttr::Hidden
-                     : VisibilityAttr::Default));
-
-    llvm::SmallVector<ParmVarDecl *, 3> ParamDecls;
-    for (QualType T : Params) {
-      ParamDecls.push_back(ParmVarDecl::Create(
-          Context, Alloc, SourceLocation(), SourceLocation(), nullptr, T,
-          /*TInfo=*/nullptr, SC_None, nullptr));
-      ParamDecls.back()->setImplicit();
-    }
-    Alloc->setParams(ParamDecls);
-    if (ExtraAttr)
-      Alloc->addAttr(ExtraAttr);
-    Context.getTranslationUnitDecl()->addDecl(Alloc);
-    IdResolver.tryAddTopLevelDecl(Alloc, Name);
-  };
-
-  if (!LangOpts.CUDA)
-    CreateAllocationFunctionDecl(nullptr);
-  else {
-    // Host and device get their own declaration so each can be
-    // defined or re-declared independently.
-    CreateAllocationFunctionDecl(CUDAHostAttr::CreateImplicit(Context));
-    CreateAllocationFunctionDecl(CUDADeviceAttr::CreateImplicit(Context));
-  }
-}
-
-FunctionDecl *Sema::FindUsualDeallocationFunction(SourceLocation StartLoc,
-                                                  bool CanProvideSize,
-                                                  bool Overaligned,
-                                                  DeclarationName Name) {
-  DeclareGlobalNewDelete();
-
-  LookupResult FoundDelete(*this, Name, StartLoc, LookupOrdinaryName);
-  LookupQualifiedName(FoundDelete, Context.getTranslationUnitDecl());
-
-  // FIXME: It's possible for this to result in ambiguity, through a
-  // user-declared variadic operator delete or the enable_if attribute. We
-  // should probably not consider those cases to be usual deallocation
-  // functions. But for now we just make an arbitrary choice in that case.
-  auto Result = resolveDeallocationOverload(*this, FoundDelete, CanProvideSize,
-                                            Overaligned);
-  assert(Result.FD && "operator delete missing from global scope?");
-  return Result.FD;
-}
-
-FunctionDecl *Sema::FindDeallocationFunctionForDestructor(SourceLocation Loc,
-                                                          CXXRecordDecl *RD) {
-  DeclarationName Name = Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName(OO_Delete);
-
-  FunctionDecl *OperatorDelete = nullptr;
-  if (FindDeallocationFunction(Loc, RD, Name, OperatorDelete))
-    return nullptr;
-  if (OperatorDelete)
-    return OperatorDelete;
-
-  // If there's no class-specific operator delete, look up the global
-  // non-array delete.
-  return FindUsualDeallocationFunction(
-      Loc, true, hasNewExtendedAlignment(*this, Context.getRecordType(RD)),
-      Name);
-}
-
-bool Sema::FindDeallocationFunction(SourceLocation StartLoc, CXXRecordDecl *RD,
-                                    DeclarationName Name,
-                                    FunctionDecl *&Operator, bool Diagnose) {
-  LookupResult Found(*this, Name, StartLoc, LookupOrdinaryName);
-  // Try to find operator delete/operator delete[] in class scope.
-  LookupQualifiedName(Found, RD);
-
-  if (Found.isAmbiguous())
-    return true;
-
-  Found.suppressDiagnostics();
-
-  bool Overaligned = hasNewExtendedAlignment(*this, Context.getRecordType(RD));
-
-  // C++17 [expr.delete]p10:
-  //   If the deallocation functions have class scope, the one without a
-  //   parameter of type std::size_t is selected.
-  llvm::SmallVector<UsualDeallocFnInfo, 4> Matches;
-  resolveDeallocationOverload(*this, Found, /*WantSize*/ false,
-                              /*WantAlign*/ Overaligned, &Matches);
-
-  // If we could find an overload, use it.
-  if (Matches.size() == 1) {
-    Operator = cast<CXXMethodDecl>(Matches[0].FD);
-
-    // FIXME: DiagnoseUseOfDecl?
-    if (Operator->isDeleted()) {
-      if (Diagnose) {
-        Diag(StartLoc, diag::err_deleted_function_use);
-        NoteDeletedFunction(Operator);
-      }
-      return true;
-    }
-
-    if (CheckAllocationAccess(StartLoc, SourceRange(), Found.getNamingClass(),
-                              Matches[0].Found, Diagnose) == AR_inaccessible)
-      return true;
-
-    return false;
-  }
-
-  // We found multiple suitable operators; complain about the ambiguity.
-  // FIXME: The standard doesn't say to do this; it appears that the intent
-  // is that this should never happen.
-  if (!Matches.empty()) {
-    if (Diagnose) {
-      Diag(StartLoc, diag::err_ambiguous_suitable_delete_member_function_found)
-        << Name << RD;
-      for (auto &Match : Matches)
-        Diag(Match.FD->getLocation(), diag::note_member_declared_here) << Name;
-    }
-    return true;
-  }
-
-  // We did find operator delete/operator delete[] declarations, but
-  // none of them were suitable.
-  if (!Found.empty()) {
-    if (Diagnose) {
-      Diag(StartLoc, diag::err_no_suitable_delete_member_function_found)
-        << Name << RD;
-
-      for (NamedDecl *D : Found)
-        Diag(D->getUnderlyingDecl()->getLocation(),
-             diag::note_member_declared_here) << Name;
-    }
-    return true;
-  }
-
-  Operator = nullptr;
-  return false;
-}
-
-namespace {
-/// Checks whether delete-expression, and new-expression used for
-///  initializing deletee have the same array form.
-class MismatchingNewDeleteDetector {
-public:
-  enum MismatchResult {
-    /// Indicates that there is no mismatch or a mismatch cannot be proven.
-    NoMismatch,
-    /// Indicates that variable is initialized with mismatching form of \a new.
-    VarInitMismatches,
-    /// Indicates that member is initialized with mismatching form of \a new.
-    MemberInitMismatches,
-    /// Indicates that 1 or more constructors' definitions could not been
-    /// analyzed, and they will be checked again at the end of translation unit.
-    AnalyzeLater
-  };
-
-  /// \param EndOfTU True, if this is the final analysis at the end of
-  /// translation unit. False, if this is the initial analysis at the point
-  /// delete-expression was encountered.
-  explicit MismatchingNewDeleteDetector(bool EndOfTU)
-      : Field(nullptr), IsArrayForm(false), EndOfTU(EndOfTU),
-        HasUndefinedConstructors(false) {}
-
-  /// Checks whether pointee of a delete-expression is initialized with
-  /// matching form of new-expression.
-  ///
-  /// If return value is \c VarInitMismatches or \c MemberInitMismatches at the
-  /// point where delete-expression is encountered, then a warning will be
-  /// issued immediately. If return value is \c AnalyzeLater at the point where
-  /// delete-expression is seen, then member will be analyzed at the end of
-  /// translation unit. \c AnalyzeLater is returned iff at least one constructor
-  /// couldn't be analyzed. If at least one constructor initializes the member
-  /// with matching type of new, the return value is \c NoMismatch.
-  MismatchResult analyzeDeleteExpr(const CXXDeleteExpr *DE);
-  /// Analyzes a class member.
-  /// \param Field Class member to analyze.
-  /// \param DeleteWasArrayForm Array form-ness of the delete-expression used
-  /// for deleting the \p Field.
-  MismatchResult analyzeField(FieldDecl *Field, bool DeleteWasArrayForm);
-  FieldDecl *Field;
-  /// List of mismatching new-expressions used for initialization of the pointee
-  llvm::SmallVector<const CXXNewExpr *, 4> NewExprs;
-  /// Indicates whether delete-expression was in array form.
-  bool IsArrayForm;
-
-private:
-  const bool EndOfTU;
-  /// Indicates that there is at least one constructor without body.
-  bool HasUndefinedConstructors;
-  /// Returns \c CXXNewExpr from given initialization expression.
-  /// \param E Expression used for initializing pointee in delete-expression.
-  /// E can be a single-element \c InitListExpr consisting of new-expression.
-  const CXXNewExpr *getNewExprFromInitListOrExpr(const Expr *E);
-  /// Returns whether member is initialized with mismatching form of
-  /// \c new either by the member initializer or in-class initialization.
-  ///
-  /// If bodies of all constructors are not visible at the end of translation
-  /// unit or at least one constructor initializes member with the matching
-  /// form of \c new, mismatch cannot be proven, and this function will return
-  /// \c NoMismatch.
-  MismatchResult analyzeMemberExpr(const MemberExpr *ME);
-  /// Returns whether variable is initialized with mismatching form of
-  /// \c new.
-  ///
-  /// If variable is initialized with matching form of \c new or variable is not
-  /// initialized with a \c new expression, this function will return true.
-  /// If variable is initialized with mismatching form of \c new, returns false.
-  /// \param D Variable to analyze.
-  bool hasMatchingVarInit(const DeclRefExpr *D);
-  /// Checks whether the constructor initializes pointee with mismatching
-  /// form of \c new.
-  ///
-  /// Returns true, if member is initialized with matching form of \c new in
-  /// member initializer list. Returns false, if member is initialized with the
-  /// matching form of \c new in this constructor's initializer or given
-  /// constructor isn't defined at the point where delete-expression is seen, or
-  /// member isn't initialized by the constructor.
-  bool hasMatchingNewInCtor(const CXXConstructorDecl *CD);
-  /// Checks whether member is initialized with matching form of
-  /// \c new in member initializer list.
-  bool hasMatchingNewInCtorInit(const CXXCtorInitializer *CI);
-  /// Checks whether member is initialized with mismatching form of \c new by
-  /// in-class initializer.
-  MismatchResult analyzeInClassInitializer();
-};
-}
-
-MismatchingNewDeleteDetector::MismatchResult
-MismatchingNewDeleteDetector::analyzeDeleteExpr(const CXXDeleteExpr *DE) {
-  NewExprs.clear();
-  assert(DE && "Expected delete-expression");
-  IsArrayForm = DE->isArrayForm();
-  const Expr *E = DE->getArgument()->IgnoreParenImpCasts();
-  if (const MemberExpr *ME = dyn_cast<const MemberExpr>(E)) {
-    return analyzeMemberExpr(ME);
-  } else if (const DeclRefExpr *D = dyn_cast<const DeclRefExpr>(E)) {
-    if (!hasMatchingVarInit(D))
-      return VarInitMismatches;
-  }
-  return NoMismatch;
-}
-
-const CXXNewExpr *
-MismatchingNewDeleteDetector::getNewExprFromInitListOrExpr(const Expr *E) {
-  assert(E != nullptr && "Expected a valid initializer expression");
-  E = E->IgnoreParenImpCasts();
-  if (const InitListExpr *ILE = dyn_cast<const InitListExpr>(E)) {
-    if (ILE->getNumInits() == 1)
-      E = dyn_cast<const CXXNewExpr>(ILE->getInit(0)->IgnoreParenImpCasts());
-  }
-
-  return dyn_cast_or_null<const CXXNewExpr>(E);
-}
-
-bool MismatchingNewDeleteDetector::hasMatchingNewInCtorInit(
-    const CXXCtorInitializer *CI) {
-  const CXXNewExpr *NE = nullptr;
-  if (Field == CI->getMember() &&
-      (NE = getNewExprFromInitListOrExpr(CI->getInit()))) {
-    if (NE->isArray() == IsArrayForm)
-      return true;
-    else
-      NewExprs.push_back(NE);
-  }
-  return false;
-}
-
-bool MismatchingNewDeleteDetector::hasMatchingNewInCtor(
-    const CXXConstructorDecl *CD) {
-  if (CD->isImplicit())
-    return false;
-  const FunctionDecl *Definition = CD;
-  if (!CD->isThisDeclarationADefinition() && !CD->isDefined(Definition)) {
-    HasUndefinedConstructors = true;
-    return EndOfTU;
-  }
-  for (const auto *CI : cast<const CXXConstructorDecl>(Definition)->inits()) {
-    if (hasMatchingNewInCtorInit(CI))
-      return true;
-  }
-  return false;
-}
-
-MismatchingNewDeleteDetector::MismatchResult
-MismatchingNewDeleteDetector::analyzeInClassInitializer() {
-  assert(Field != nullptr && "This should be called only for members");
-  const Expr *InitExpr = Field->getInClassInitializer();
-  if (!InitExpr)
-    return EndOfTU ? NoMismatch : AnalyzeLater;
-  if (const CXXNewExpr *NE = getNewExprFromInitListOrExpr(InitExpr)) {
-    if (NE->isArray() != IsArrayForm) {
-      NewExprs.push_back(NE);
-      return MemberInitMismatches;
-    }
-  }
-  return NoMismatch;
-}
-
-MismatchingNewDeleteDetector::MismatchResult
-MismatchingNewDeleteDetector::analyzeField(FieldDecl *Field,
-                                           bool DeleteWasArrayForm) {
-  assert(Field != nullptr && "Analysis requires a valid class member.");
-  this->Field = Field;
-  IsArrayForm = DeleteWasArrayForm;
-  const CXXRecordDecl *RD = cast<const CXXRecordDecl>(Field->getParent());
-  for (const auto *CD : RD->ctors()) {
-    if (hasMatchingNewInCtor(CD))
-      return NoMismatch;
-  }
-  if (HasUndefinedConstructors)
-    return EndOfTU ? NoMismatch : AnalyzeLater;
-  if (!NewExprs.empty())
-    return MemberInitMismatches;
-  return Field->hasInClassInitializer() ? analyzeInClassInitializer()
-                                        : NoMismatch;
-}
-
-MismatchingNewDeleteDetector::MismatchResult
-MismatchingNewDeleteDetector::analyzeMemberExpr(const MemberExpr *ME) {
-  assert(ME != nullptr && "Expected a member expression");
-  if (FieldDecl *F = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(ME->getMemberDecl()))
-    return analyzeField(F, IsArrayForm);
-  return NoMismatch;
-}
-
-bool MismatchingNewDeleteDetector::hasMatchingVarInit(const DeclRefExpr *D) {
-  const CXXNewExpr *NE = nullptr;
-  if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<const VarDecl>(D->getDecl())) {
-    if (VD->hasInit() && (NE = getNewExprFromInitListOrExpr(VD->getInit())) &&
-        NE->isArray() != IsArrayForm) {
-      NewExprs.push_back(NE);
-    }
-  }
-  return NewExprs.empty();
-}
-
-static void
-DiagnoseMismatchedNewDelete(Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation DeleteLoc,
-                            const MismatchingNewDeleteDetector &Detector) {
-  SourceLocation EndOfDelete = SemaRef.getLocForEndOfToken(DeleteLoc);
-  FixItHint H;
-  if (!Detector.IsArrayForm)
-    H = FixItHint::CreateInsertion(EndOfDelete, "[]");
-  else {
-    SourceLocation RSquare = Lexer::findLocationAfterToken(
-        DeleteLoc, tok::l_square, SemaRef.getSourceManager(),
-        SemaRef.getLangOpts(), true);
-    if (RSquare.isValid())
-      H = FixItHint::CreateRemoval(SourceRange(EndOfDelete, RSquare));
-  }
-  SemaRef.Diag(DeleteLoc, diag::warn_mismatched_delete_new)
-      << Detector.IsArrayForm << H;
-
-  for (const auto *NE : Detector.NewExprs)
-    SemaRef.Diag(NE->getExprLoc(), diag::note_allocated_here)
-        << Detector.IsArrayForm;
-}
-
-void Sema::AnalyzeDeleteExprMismatch(const CXXDeleteExpr *DE) {
-  if (Diags.isIgnored(diag::warn_mismatched_delete_new, SourceLocation()))
-    return;
-  MismatchingNewDeleteDetector Detector(/*EndOfTU=*/false);
-  switch (Detector.analyzeDeleteExpr(DE)) {
-  case MismatchingNewDeleteDetector::VarInitMismatches:
-  case MismatchingNewDeleteDetector::MemberInitMismatches: {
-    DiagnoseMismatchedNewDelete(*this, DE->getBeginLoc(), Detector);
-    break;
-  }
-  case MismatchingNewDeleteDetector::AnalyzeLater: {
-    DeleteExprs[Detector.Field].push_back(
-        std::make_pair(DE->getBeginLoc(), DE->isArrayForm()));
-    break;
-  }
-  case MismatchingNewDeleteDetector::NoMismatch:
-    break;
-  }
-}
-
-void Sema::AnalyzeDeleteExprMismatch(FieldDecl *Field, SourceLocation DeleteLoc,
-                                     bool DeleteWasArrayForm) {
-  MismatchingNewDeleteDetector Detector(/*EndOfTU=*/true);
-  switch (Detector.analyzeField(Field, DeleteWasArrayForm)) {
-  case MismatchingNewDeleteDetector::VarInitMismatches:
-    llvm_unreachable("This analysis should have been done for class members.");
-  case MismatchingNewDeleteDetector::AnalyzeLater:
-    llvm_unreachable("Analysis cannot be postponed any point beyond end of "
-                     "translation unit.");
-  case MismatchingNewDeleteDetector::MemberInitMismatches:
-    DiagnoseMismatchedNewDelete(*this, DeleteLoc, Detector);
-    break;
-  case MismatchingNewDeleteDetector::NoMismatch:
-    break;
-  }
-}
-
-/// ActOnCXXDelete - Parsed a C++ 'delete' expression (C++ 5.3.5), as in:
-/// @code ::delete ptr; @endcode
-/// or
-/// @code delete [] ptr; @endcode
-ExprResult
-Sema::ActOnCXXDelete(SourceLocation StartLoc, bool UseGlobal,
-                     bool ArrayForm, Expr *ExE) {
-  // C++ [expr.delete]p1:
-  //   The operand shall have a pointer type, or a class type having a single
-  //   non-explicit conversion function to a pointer type. The result has type
-  //   void.
-  //
-  // DR599 amends "pointer type" to "pointer to object type" in both cases.
-
-  ExprResult Ex = ExE;
-  FunctionDecl *OperatorDelete = nullptr;
-  bool ArrayFormAsWritten = ArrayForm;
-  bool UsualArrayDeleteWantsSize = false;
-
-  if (!Ex.get()->isTypeDependent()) {
-    // Perform lvalue-to-rvalue cast, if needed.
-    Ex = DefaultLvalueConversion(Ex.get());
-    if (Ex.isInvalid())
-      return ExprError();
-
-    QualType Type = Ex.get()->getType();
-
-    class DeleteConverter : public ContextualImplicitConverter {
-    public:
-      DeleteConverter() : ContextualImplicitConverter(false, true) {}
-
-      bool match(QualType ConvType) override {
-        // FIXME: If we have an operator T* and an operator void*, we must pick
-        // the operator T*.
-        if (const PointerType *ConvPtrType = ConvType->getAs<PointerType>())
-          if (ConvPtrType->getPointeeType()->isIncompleteOrObjectType())
-            return true;
-        return false;
-      }
-
-      SemaDiagnosticBuilder diagnoseNoMatch(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc,
-                                            QualType T) override {
-        return S.Diag(Loc, diag::err_delete_operand) << T;
-      }
-
-      SemaDiagnosticBuilder diagnoseIncomplete(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc,
-                                               QualType T) override {
-        return S.Diag(Loc, diag::err_delete_incomplete_class_type) << T;
-      }
-
-      SemaDiagnosticBuilder diagnoseExplicitConv(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc,
-                                                 QualType T,
-                                                 QualType ConvTy) override {
-        return S.Diag(Loc, diag::err_delete_explicit_conversion) << T << ConvTy;
-      }
-
-      SemaDiagnosticBuilder noteExplicitConv(Sema &S, CXXConversionDecl *Conv,
-                                             QualType ConvTy) override {
-        return S.Diag(Conv->getLocation(), diag::note_delete_conversion)
-          << ConvTy;
-      }
-
-      SemaDiagnosticBuilder diagnoseAmbiguous(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc,
-                                              QualType T) override {
-        return S.Diag(Loc, diag::err_ambiguous_delete_operand) << T;
-      }
-
-      SemaDiagnosticBuilder noteAmbiguous(Sema &S, CXXConversionDecl *Conv,
-                                          QualType ConvTy) override {
-        return S.Diag(Conv->getLocation(), diag::note_delete_conversion)
-          << ConvTy;
-      }
-
-      SemaDiagnosticBuilder diagnoseConversion(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc,
-                                               QualType T,
-                                               QualType ConvTy) override {
-        llvm_unreachable("conversion functions are permitted");
-      }
-    } Converter;
-
-    Ex = PerformContextualImplicitConversion(StartLoc, Ex.get(), Converter);
-    if (Ex.isInvalid())
-      return ExprError();
-    Type = Ex.get()->getType();
-    if (!Converter.match(Type))
-      // FIXME: PerformContextualImplicitConversion should return ExprError
-      //        itself in this case.
-      return ExprError();
-
-    QualType Pointee = Type->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType();
-    QualType PointeeElem = Context.getBaseElementType(Pointee);
-
-    if (Pointee.getAddressSpace() != LangAS::Default &&
-        !getLangOpts().OpenCLCPlusPlus)
-      return Diag(Ex.get()->getBeginLoc(),
-                  diag::err_address_space_qualified_delete)
-             << Pointee.getUnqualifiedType()
-             << Pointee.getQualifiers().getAddressSpaceAttributePrintValue();
-
-    CXXRecordDecl *PointeeRD = nullptr;
-    if (Pointee->isVoidType() && !isSFINAEContext()) {
-      // The C++ standard bans deleting a pointer to a non-object type, which
-      // effectively bans deletion of "void*". However, most compilers support
-      // this, so we treat it as a warning unless we're in a SFINAE context.
-      Diag(StartLoc, diag::ext_delete_void_ptr_operand)
-        << Type << Ex.get()->getSourceRange();
-    } else if (Pointee->isFunctionType() || Pointee->isVoidType()) {
-      return ExprError(Diag(StartLoc, diag::err_delete_operand)
-        << Type << Ex.get()->getSourceRange());
-    } else if (!Pointee->isDependentType()) {
-      // FIXME: This can result in errors if the definition was imported from a
-      // module but is hidden.
-      if (!RequireCompleteType(StartLoc, Pointee,
-                               diag::warn_delete_incomplete, Ex.get())) {
-        if (const RecordType *RT = PointeeElem->getAs<RecordType>())
-          PointeeRD = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RT->getDecl());
-      }
-    }
-
-    if (Pointee->isArrayType() && !ArrayForm) {
-      Diag(StartLoc, diag::warn_delete_array_type)
-          << Type << Ex.get()->getSourceRange()
-          << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(getLocForEndOfToken(StartLoc), "[]");
-      ArrayForm = true;
-    }
-
-    DeclarationName DeleteName = Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName(
-                                      ArrayForm ? OO_Array_Delete : OO_Delete);
-
-    if (PointeeRD) {
-      if (!UseGlobal &&
-          FindDeallocationFunction(StartLoc, PointeeRD, DeleteName,
-                                   OperatorDelete))
-        return ExprError();
-
-      // If we're allocating an array of records, check whether the
-      // usual operator delete[] has a size_t parameter.
-      if (ArrayForm) {
-        // If the user specifically asked to use the global allocator,
-        // we'll need to do the lookup into the class.
-        if (UseGlobal)
-          UsualArrayDeleteWantsSize =
-            doesUsualArrayDeleteWantSize(*this, StartLoc, PointeeElem);
-
-        // Otherwise, the usual operator delete[] should be the
-        // function we just found.
-        else if (OperatorDelete && isa<CXXMethodDecl>(OperatorDelete))
-          UsualArrayDeleteWantsSize =
-            UsualDeallocFnInfo(*this,
-                               DeclAccessPair::make(OperatorDelete, AS_public))
-              .HasSizeT;
-      }
-
-      if (!PointeeRD->hasIrrelevantDestructor())
-        if (CXXDestructorDecl *Dtor = LookupDestructor(PointeeRD)) {
-          MarkFunctionReferenced(StartLoc,
-                                    const_cast<CXXDestructorDecl*>(Dtor));
-          if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Dtor, StartLoc))
-            return ExprError();
-        }
-
-      CheckVirtualDtorCall(PointeeRD->getDestructor(), StartLoc,
-                           /*IsDelete=*/true, /*CallCanBeVirtual=*/true,
-                           /*WarnOnNonAbstractTypes=*/!ArrayForm,
-                           SourceLocation());
-    }
-
-    if (!OperatorDelete) {
-      if (getLangOpts().OpenCLCPlusPlus) {
-        Diag(StartLoc, diag::err_openclcxx_not_supported) << "default delete";
-        return ExprError();
-      }
-
-      bool IsComplete = isCompleteType(StartLoc, Pointee);
-      bool CanProvideSize =
-          IsComplete && (!ArrayForm || UsualArrayDeleteWantsSize ||
-                         Pointee.isDestructedType());
-      bool Overaligned = hasNewExtendedAlignment(*this, Pointee);
-
-      // Look for a global declaration.
-      OperatorDelete = FindUsualDeallocationFunction(StartLoc, CanProvideSize,
-                                                     Overaligned, DeleteName);
-    }
-
-    MarkFunctionReferenced(StartLoc, OperatorDelete);
-
-    // Check access and ambiguity of destructor if we're going to call it.
-    // Note that this is required even for a virtual delete.
-    bool IsVirtualDelete = false;
-    if (PointeeRD) {
-      if (CXXDestructorDecl *Dtor = LookupDestructor(PointeeRD)) {
-        CheckDestructorAccess(Ex.get()->getExprLoc(), Dtor,
-                              PDiag(diag::err_access_dtor) << PointeeElem);
-        IsVirtualDelete = Dtor->isVirtual();
-      }
-    }
-
-    DiagnoseUseOfDecl(OperatorDelete, StartLoc);
-
-    // Convert the operand to the type of the first parameter of operator
-    // delete. This is only necessary if we selected a destroying operator
-    // delete that we are going to call (non-virtually); converting to void*
-    // is trivial and left to AST consumers to handle.
-    QualType ParamType = OperatorDelete->getParamDecl(0)->getType();
-    if (!IsVirtualDelete && !ParamType->getPointeeType()->isVoidType()) {
-      Qualifiers Qs = Pointee.getQualifiers();
-      if (Qs.hasCVRQualifiers()) {
-        // Qualifiers are irrelevant to this conversion; we're only looking
-        // for access and ambiguity.
-        Qs.removeCVRQualifiers();
-        QualType Unqual = Context.getPointerType(
-            Context.getQualifiedType(Pointee.getUnqualifiedType(), Qs));
-        Ex = ImpCastExprToType(Ex.get(), Unqual, CK_NoOp);
-      }
-      Ex = PerformImplicitConversion(Ex.get(), ParamType, AA_Passing);
-      if (Ex.isInvalid())
-        return ExprError();
-    }
-  }
-
-  CXXDeleteExpr *Result = new (Context) CXXDeleteExpr(
-      Context.VoidTy, UseGlobal, ArrayForm, ArrayFormAsWritten,
-      UsualArrayDeleteWantsSize, OperatorDelete, Ex.get(), StartLoc);
-  AnalyzeDeleteExprMismatch(Result);
-  return Result;
-}
-
-static bool resolveBuiltinNewDeleteOverload(Sema &S, CallExpr *TheCall,
-                                            bool IsDelete,
-                                            FunctionDecl *&Operator) {
-
-  DeclarationName NewName = S.Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName(
-      IsDelete ? OO_Delete : OO_New);
-
-  LookupResult R(S, NewName, TheCall->getBeginLoc(), Sema::LookupOrdinaryName);
-  S.LookupQualifiedName(R, S.Context.getTranslationUnitDecl());
-  assert(!R.empty() && "implicitly declared allocation functions not found");
-  assert(!R.isAmbiguous() && "global allocation functions are ambiguous");
-
-  // We do our own custom access checks below.
-  R.suppressDiagnostics();
-
-  SmallVector<Expr *, 8> Args(TheCall->arg_begin(), TheCall->arg_end());
-  OverloadCandidateSet Candidates(R.getNameLoc(),
-                                  OverloadCandidateSet::CSK_Normal);
-  for (LookupResult::iterator FnOvl = R.begin(), FnOvlEnd = R.end();
-       FnOvl != FnOvlEnd; ++FnOvl) {
-    // Even member operator new/delete are implicitly treated as
-    // static, so don't use AddMemberCandidate.
-    NamedDecl *D = (*FnOvl)->getUnderlyingDecl();
-
-    if (FunctionTemplateDecl *FnTemplate = dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(D)) {
-      S.AddTemplateOverloadCandidate(FnTemplate, FnOvl.getPair(),
-                                     /*ExplicitTemplateArgs=*/nullptr, Args,
-                                     Candidates,
-                                     /*SuppressUserConversions=*/false);
-      continue;
-    }
-
-    FunctionDecl *Fn = cast<FunctionDecl>(D);
-    S.AddOverloadCandidate(Fn, FnOvl.getPair(), Args, Candidates,
-                           /*SuppressUserConversions=*/false);
-  }
-
-  SourceRange Range = TheCall->getSourceRange();
-
-  // Do the resolution.
-  OverloadCandidateSet::iterator Best;
-  switch (Candidates.BestViableFunction(S, R.getNameLoc(), Best)) {
-  case OR_Success: {
-    // Got one!
-    FunctionDecl *FnDecl = Best->Function;
-    assert(R.getNamingClass() == nullptr &&
-           "class members should not be considered");
-
-    if (!FnDecl->isReplaceableGlobalAllocationFunction()) {
-      S.Diag(R.getNameLoc(), diag::err_builtin_operator_new_delete_not_usual)
-          << (IsDelete ? 1 : 0) << Range;
-      S.Diag(FnDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_non_usual_function_declared_here)
-          << R.getLookupName() << FnDecl->getSourceRange();
-      return true;
-    }
-
-    Operator = FnDecl;
-    return false;
-  }
-
-  case OR_No_Viable_Function:
-    S.Diag(R.getNameLoc(), diag::err_ovl_no_viable_function_in_call)
-        << R.getLookupName() << Range;
-    Candidates.NoteCandidates(S, OCD_AllCandidates, Args);
-    return true;
-
-  case OR_Ambiguous:
-    S.Diag(R.getNameLoc(), diag::err_ovl_ambiguous_call)
-        << R.getLookupName() << Range;
-    Candidates.NoteCandidates(S, OCD_ViableCandidates, Args);
-    return true;
-
-  case OR_Deleted: {
-    S.Diag(R.getNameLoc(), diag::err_ovl_deleted_call)
-        << Best->Function->isDeleted() << R.getLookupName()
-        << S.getDeletedOrUnavailableSuffix(Best->Function) << Range;
-    Candidates.NoteCandidates(S, OCD_AllCandidates, Args);
-    return true;
-  }
-  }
-  llvm_unreachable("Unreachable, bad result from BestViableFunction");
-}
-
-ExprResult
-Sema::SemaBuiltinOperatorNewDeleteOverloaded(ExprResult TheCallResult,
-                                             bool IsDelete) {
-  CallExpr *TheCall = cast<CallExpr>(TheCallResult.get());
-  if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
-    Diag(TheCall->getExprLoc(), diag::err_builtin_requires_language)
-        << (IsDelete ? "__builtin_operator_delete" : "__builtin_operator_new")
-        << "C++";
-    return ExprError();
-  }
-  // CodeGen assumes it can find the global new and delete to call,
-  // so ensure that they are declared.
-  DeclareGlobalNewDelete();
-
-  FunctionDecl *OperatorNewOrDelete = nullptr;
-  if (resolveBuiltinNewDeleteOverload(*this, TheCall, IsDelete,
-                                      OperatorNewOrDelete))
-    return ExprError();
-  assert(OperatorNewOrDelete && "should be found");
-
-  DiagnoseUseOfDecl(OperatorNewOrDelete, TheCall->getExprLoc());
-  MarkFunctionReferenced(TheCall->getExprLoc(), OperatorNewOrDelete);
-
-  TheCall->setType(OperatorNewOrDelete->getReturnType());
-  for (unsigned i = 0; i != TheCall->getNumArgs(); ++i) {
-    QualType ParamTy = OperatorNewOrDelete->getParamDecl(i)->getType();
-    InitializedEntity Entity =
-        InitializedEntity::InitializeParameter(Context, ParamTy, false);
-    ExprResult Arg = PerformCopyInitialization(
-        Entity, TheCall->getArg(i)->getBeginLoc(), TheCall->getArg(i));
-    if (Arg.isInvalid())
-      return ExprError();
-    TheCall->setArg(i, Arg.get());
-  }
-  auto Callee = dyn_cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(TheCall->getCallee());
-  assert(Callee && Callee->getCastKind() == CK_BuiltinFnToFnPtr &&
-         "Callee expected to be implicit cast to a builtin function pointer");
-  Callee->setType(OperatorNewOrDelete->getType());
-
-  return TheCallResult;
-}
-
-void Sema::CheckVirtualDtorCall(CXXDestructorDecl *dtor, SourceLocation Loc,
-                                bool IsDelete, bool CallCanBeVirtual,
-                                bool WarnOnNonAbstractTypes,
-                                SourceLocation DtorLoc) {
-  if (!dtor || dtor->isVirtual() || !CallCanBeVirtual || isUnevaluatedContext())
-    return;
-
-  // C++ [expr.delete]p3:
-  //   In the first alternative (delete object), if the static type of the
-  //   object to be deleted is different from its dynamic type, the static
-  //   type shall be a base class of the dynamic type of the object to be
-  //   deleted and the static type shall have a virtual destructor or the
-  //   behavior is undefined.
-  //
-  const CXXRecordDecl *PointeeRD = dtor->getParent();
-  // Note: a final class cannot be derived from, no issue there
-  if (!PointeeRD->isPolymorphic() || PointeeRD->hasAttr<FinalAttr>())
-    return;
-
-  // If the superclass is in a system header, there's nothing that can be done.
-  // The `delete` (where we emit the warning) can be in a system header,
-  // what matters for this warning is where the deleted type is defined.
-  if (getSourceManager().isInSystemHeader(PointeeRD->getLocation()))
-    return;
-
-  QualType ClassType = dtor->getThisType()->getPointeeType();
-  if (PointeeRD->isAbstract()) {
-    // If the class is abstract, we warn by default, because we're
-    // sure the code has undefined behavior.
-    Diag(Loc, diag::warn_delete_abstract_non_virtual_dtor) << (IsDelete ? 0 : 1)
-                                                           << ClassType;
-  } else if (WarnOnNonAbstractTypes) {
-    // Otherwise, if this is not an array delete, it's a bit suspect,
-    // but not necessarily wrong.
-    Diag(Loc, diag::warn_delete_non_virtual_dtor) << (IsDelete ? 0 : 1)
-                                                  << ClassType;
-  }
-  if (!IsDelete) {
-    std::string TypeStr;
-    ClassType.getAsStringInternal(TypeStr, getPrintingPolicy());
-    Diag(DtorLoc, diag::note_delete_non_virtual)
-        << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(DtorLoc, TypeStr + "::");
-  }
-}
-
-Sema::ConditionResult Sema::ActOnConditionVariable(Decl *ConditionVar,
-                                                   SourceLocation StmtLoc,
-                                                   ConditionKind CK) {
-  ExprResult E =
-      CheckConditionVariable(cast<VarDecl>(ConditionVar), StmtLoc, CK);
-  if (E.isInvalid())
-    return ConditionError();
-  return ConditionResult(*this, ConditionVar, MakeFullExpr(E.get(), StmtLoc),
-                         CK == ConditionKind::ConstexprIf);
-}
-
-/// Check the use of the given variable as a C++ condition in an if,
-/// while, do-while, or switch statement.
-ExprResult Sema::CheckConditionVariable(VarDecl *ConditionVar,
-                                        SourceLocation StmtLoc,
-                                        ConditionKind CK) {
-  if (ConditionVar->isInvalidDecl())
-    return ExprError();
-
-  QualType T = ConditionVar->getType();
-
-  // C++ [stmt.select]p2:
-  //   The declarator shall not specify a function or an array.
-  if (T->isFunctionType())
-    return ExprError(Diag(ConditionVar->getLocation(),
-                          diag::err_invalid_use_of_function_type)
-                       << ConditionVar->getSourceRange());
-  else if (T->isArrayType())
-    return ExprError(Diag(ConditionVar->getLocation(),
-                          diag::err_invalid_use_of_array_type)
-                     << ConditionVar->getSourceRange());
-
-  ExprResult Condition = DeclRefExpr::Create(
-      Context, NestedNameSpecifierLoc(), SourceLocation(), ConditionVar,
-      /*enclosing*/ false, ConditionVar->getLocation(),
-      ConditionVar->getType().getNonReferenceType(), VK_LValue);
-
-  MarkDeclRefReferenced(cast<DeclRefExpr>(Condition.get()));
-
-  switch (CK) {
-  case ConditionKind::Boolean:
-    return CheckBooleanCondition(StmtLoc, Condition.get());
-
-  case ConditionKind::ConstexprIf:
-    return CheckBooleanCondition(StmtLoc, Condition.get(), true);
-
-  case ConditionKind::Switch:
-    return CheckSwitchCondition(StmtLoc, Condition.get());
-  }
-
-  llvm_unreachable("unexpected condition kind");
-}
-
-/// CheckCXXBooleanCondition - Returns true if a conversion to bool is invalid.
-ExprResult Sema::CheckCXXBooleanCondition(Expr *CondExpr, bool IsConstexpr) {
-  // C++ 6.4p4:
-  // The value of a condition that is an initialized declaration in a statement
-  // other than a switch statement is the value of the declared variable
-  // implicitly converted to type bool. If that conversion is ill-formed, the
-  // program is ill-formed.
-  // The value of a condition that is an expression is the value of the
-  // expression, implicitly converted to bool.
-  //
-  // FIXME: Return this value to the caller so they don't need to recompute it.
-  llvm::APSInt Value(/*BitWidth*/1);
-  return (IsConstexpr && !CondExpr->isValueDependent())
-             ? CheckConvertedConstantExpression(CondExpr, Context.BoolTy, Value,
-                                                CCEK_ConstexprIf)
-             : PerformContextuallyConvertToBool(CondExpr);
-}
-
-/// Helper function to determine whether this is the (deprecated) C++
-/// conversion from a string literal to a pointer to non-const char or
-/// non-const wchar_t (for narrow and wide string literals,
-/// respectively).
-bool
-Sema::IsStringLiteralToNonConstPointerConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType) {
-  // Look inside the implicit cast, if it exists.
-  if (ImplicitCastExpr *Cast = dyn_cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(From))
-    From = Cast->getSubExpr();
-
-  // A string literal (2.13.4) that is not a wide string literal can
-  // be converted to an rvalue of type "pointer to char"; a wide
-  // string literal can be converted to an rvalue of type "pointer
-  // to wchar_t" (C++ 4.2p2).
-  if (StringLiteral *StrLit = dyn_cast<StringLiteral>(From->IgnoreParens()))
-    if (const PointerType *ToPtrType = ToType->getAs<PointerType>())
-      if (const BuiltinType *ToPointeeType
-          = ToPtrType->getPointeeType()->getAs<BuiltinType>()) {
-        // This conversion is considered only when there is an
-        // explicit appropriate pointer target type (C++ 4.2p2).
-        if (!ToPtrType->getPointeeType().hasQualifiers()) {
-          switch (StrLit->getKind()) {
-            case StringLiteral::UTF8:
-            case StringLiteral::UTF16:
-            case StringLiteral::UTF32:
-              // We don't allow UTF literals to be implicitly converted
-              break;
-            case StringLiteral::Ascii:
-              return (ToPointeeType->getKind() == BuiltinType::Char_U ||
-                      ToPointeeType->getKind() == BuiltinType::Char_S);
-            case StringLiteral::Wide:
-              return Context.typesAreCompatible(Context.getWideCharType(),
-                                                QualType(ToPointeeType, 0));
-          }
-        }
-      }
-
-  return false;
-}
-
-static ExprResult BuildCXXCastArgument(Sema &S,
-                                       SourceLocation CastLoc,
-                                       QualType Ty,
-                                       CastKind Kind,
-                                       CXXMethodDecl *Method,
-                                       DeclAccessPair FoundDecl,
-                                       bool HadMultipleCandidates,
-                                       Expr *From) {
-  switch (Kind) {
-  default: llvm_unreachable("Unhandled cast kind!");
-  case CK_ConstructorConversion: {
-    CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor = cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(Method);
-    SmallVector<Expr*, 8> ConstructorArgs;
-
-    if (S.RequireNonAbstractType(CastLoc, Ty,
-                                 diag::err_allocation_of_abstract_type))
-      return ExprError();
-
-    if (S.CompleteConstructorCall(Constructor, From, CastLoc, ConstructorArgs))
-      return ExprError();
-
-    S.CheckConstructorAccess(CastLoc, Constructor, FoundDecl,
-                             InitializedEntity::InitializeTemporary(Ty));
-    if (S.DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Method, CastLoc))
-      return ExprError();
-
-    ExprResult Result = S.BuildCXXConstructExpr(
-        CastLoc, Ty, FoundDecl, cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(Method),
-        ConstructorArgs, HadMultipleCandidates,
-        /*ListInit*/ false, /*StdInitListInit*/ false, /*ZeroInit*/ false,
-        CXXConstructExpr::CK_Complete, SourceRange());
-    if (Result.isInvalid())
-      return ExprError();
-
-    return S.MaybeBindToTemporary(Result.getAs<Expr>());
-  }
-
-  case CK_UserDefinedConversion: {
-    assert(!From->getType()->isPointerType() && "Arg can't have pointer type!");
-
-    S.CheckMemberOperatorAccess(CastLoc, From, /*arg*/ nullptr, FoundDecl);
-    if (S.DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Method, CastLoc))
-      return ExprError();
-
-    // Create an implicit call expr that calls it.
-    CXXConversionDecl *Conv = cast<CXXConversionDecl>(Method);
-    ExprResult Result = S.BuildCXXMemberCallExpr(From, FoundDecl, Conv,
-                                                 HadMultipleCandidates);
-    if (Result.isInvalid())
-      return ExprError();
-    // Record usage of conversion in an implicit cast.
-    Result = ImplicitCastExpr::Create(S.Context, Result.get()->getType(),
-                                      CK_UserDefinedConversion, Result.get(),
-                                      nullptr, Result.get()->getValueKind());
-
-    return S.MaybeBindToTemporary(Result.get());
-  }
-  }
-}
-
-/// PerformImplicitConversion - Perform an implicit conversion of the
-/// expression From to the type ToType using the pre-computed implicit
-/// conversion sequence ICS. Returns the converted
-/// expression. Action is the kind of conversion we're performing,
-/// used in the error message.
-ExprResult
-Sema::PerformImplicitConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType,
-                                const ImplicitConversionSequence &ICS,
-                                AssignmentAction Action,
-                                CheckedConversionKind CCK) {
-  // C++ [over.match.oper]p7: [...] operands of class type are converted [...]
-  if (CCK == CCK_ForBuiltinOverloadedOp && !From->getType()->isRecordType())
-    return From;
-
-  switch (ICS.getKind()) {
-  case ImplicitConversionSequence::StandardConversion: {
-    ExprResult Res = PerformImplicitConversion(From, ToType, ICS.Standard,
-                                               Action, CCK);
-    if (Res.isInvalid())
-      return ExprError();
-    From = Res.get();
-    break;
-  }
-
-  case ImplicitConversionSequence::UserDefinedConversion: {
-
-      FunctionDecl *FD = ICS.UserDefined.ConversionFunction;
-      CastKind CastKind;
-      QualType BeforeToType;
-      assert(FD && "no conversion function for user-defined conversion seq");
-      if (const CXXConversionDecl *Conv = dyn_cast<CXXConversionDecl>(FD)) {
-        CastKind = CK_UserDefinedConversion;
-
-        // If the user-defined conversion is specified by a conversion function,
-        // the initial standard conversion sequence converts the source type to
-        // the implicit object parameter of the conversion function.
-        BeforeToType = Context.getTagDeclType(Conv->getParent());
-      } else {
-        const CXXConstructorDecl *Ctor = cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(FD);
-        CastKind = CK_ConstructorConversion;
-        // Do no conversion if dealing with ... for the first conversion.
-        if (!ICS.UserDefined.EllipsisConversion) {
-          // If the user-defined conversion is specified by a constructor, the
-          // initial standard conversion sequence converts the source type to
-          // the type required by the argument of the constructor
-          BeforeToType = Ctor->getParamDecl(0)->getType().getNonReferenceType();
-        }
-      }
-      // Watch out for ellipsis conversion.
-      if (!ICS.UserDefined.EllipsisConversion) {
-        ExprResult Res =
-          PerformImplicitConversion(From, BeforeToType,
-                                    ICS.UserDefined.Before, AA_Converting,
-                                    CCK);
-        if (Res.isInvalid())
-          return ExprError();
-        From = Res.get();
-      }
-
-      ExprResult CastArg = BuildCXXCastArgument(
-          *this, From->getBeginLoc(), ToType.getNonReferenceType(), CastKind,
-          cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FD), ICS.UserDefined.FoundConversionFunction,
-          ICS.UserDefined.HadMultipleCandidates, From);
-
-      if (CastArg.isInvalid())
-        return ExprError();
-
-      From = CastArg.get();
-
-      // C++ [over.match.oper]p7:
-      //   [...] the second standard conversion sequence of a user-defined
-      //   conversion sequence is not applied.
-      if (CCK == CCK_ForBuiltinOverloadedOp)
-        return From;
-
-      return PerformImplicitConversion(From, ToType, ICS.UserDefined.After,
-                                       AA_Converting, CCK);
-  }
-
-  case ImplicitConversionSequence::AmbiguousConversion:
-    ICS.DiagnoseAmbiguousConversion(*this, From->getExprLoc(),
-                          PDiag(diag::err_typecheck_ambiguous_condition)
-                            << From->getSourceRange());
-     return ExprError();
-
-  case ImplicitConversionSequence::EllipsisConversion:
-    llvm_unreachable("Cannot perform an ellipsis conversion");
-
-  case ImplicitConversionSequence::BadConversion:
-    bool Diagnosed =
-        DiagnoseAssignmentResult(Incompatible, From->getExprLoc(), ToType,
-                                 From->getType(), From, Action);
-    assert(Diagnosed && "failed to diagnose bad conversion"); (void)Diagnosed;
-    return ExprError();
-  }
-
-  // Everything went well.
-  return From;
-}
-
-/// PerformImplicitConversion - Perform an implicit conversion of the
-/// expression From to the type ToType by following the standard
-/// conversion sequence SCS. Returns the converted
-/// expression. Flavor is the context in which we're performing this
-/// conversion, for use in error messages.
-ExprResult
-Sema::PerformImplicitConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType,
-                                const StandardConversionSequence& SCS,
-                                AssignmentAction Action,
-                                CheckedConversionKind CCK) {
-  bool CStyle = (CCK == CCK_CStyleCast || CCK == CCK_FunctionalCast);
-
-  // Overall FIXME: we are recomputing too many types here and doing far too
-  // much extra work. What this means is that we need to keep track of more
-  // information that is computed when we try the implicit conversion initially,
-  // so that we don't need to recompute anything here.
-  QualType FromType = From->getType();
-
-  if (SCS.CopyConstructor) {
-    // FIXME: When can ToType be a reference type?
-    assert(!ToType->isReferenceType());
-    if (SCS.Second == ICK_Derived_To_Base) {
-      SmallVector<Expr*, 8> ConstructorArgs;
-      if (CompleteConstructorCall(cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(SCS.CopyConstructor),
-                                  From, /*FIXME:ConstructLoc*/SourceLocation(),
-                                  ConstructorArgs))
-        return ExprError();
-      return BuildCXXConstructExpr(
-          /*FIXME:ConstructLoc*/ SourceLocation(), ToType,
-          SCS.FoundCopyConstructor, SCS.CopyConstructor,
-          ConstructorArgs, /*HadMultipleCandidates*/ false,
-          /*ListInit*/ false, /*StdInitListInit*/ false, /*ZeroInit*/ false,
-          CXXConstructExpr::CK_Complete, SourceRange());
-    }
-    return BuildCXXConstructExpr(
-        /*FIXME:ConstructLoc*/ SourceLocation(), ToType,
-        SCS.FoundCopyConstructor, SCS.CopyConstructor,
-        From, /*HadMultipleCandidates*/ false,
-        /*ListInit*/ false, /*StdInitListInit*/ false, /*ZeroInit*/ false,
-        CXXConstructExpr::CK_Complete, SourceRange());
-  }
-
-  // Resolve overloaded function references.
-  if (Context.hasSameType(FromType, Context.OverloadTy)) {
-    DeclAccessPair Found;
-    FunctionDecl *Fn = ResolveAddressOfOverloadedFunction(From, ToType,
-                                                          true, Found);
-    if (!Fn)
-      return ExprError();
-
-    if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Fn, From->getBeginLoc()))
-      return ExprError();
-
-    From = FixOverloadedFunctionReference(From, Found, Fn);
-    FromType = From->getType();
-  }
-
-  // If we're converting to an atomic type, first convert to the corresponding
-  // non-atomic type.
-  QualType ToAtomicType;
-  if (const AtomicType *ToAtomic = ToType->getAs<AtomicType>()) {
-    ToAtomicType = ToType;
-    ToType = ToAtomic->getValueType();
-  }
-
-  QualType InitialFromType = FromType;
-  // Perform the first implicit conversion.
-  switch (SCS.First) {
-  case ICK_Identity:
-    if (const AtomicType *FromAtomic = FromType->getAs<AtomicType>()) {
-      FromType = FromAtomic->getValueType().getUnqualifiedType();
-      From = ImplicitCastExpr::Create(Context, FromType, CK_AtomicToNonAtomic,
-                                      From, /*BasePath=*/nullptr, VK_RValue);
-    }
-    break;
-
-  case ICK_Lvalue_To_Rvalue: {
-    assert(From->getObjectKind() != OK_ObjCProperty);
-    ExprResult FromRes = DefaultLvalueConversion(From);
-    assert(!FromRes.isInvalid() && "Can't perform deduced conversion?!");
-    From = FromRes.get();
-    FromType = From->getType();
-    break;
-  }
-
-  case ICK_Array_To_Pointer:
-    FromType = Context.getArrayDecayedType(FromType);
-    From = ImpCastExprToType(From, FromType, CK_ArrayToPointerDecay,
-                             VK_RValue, /*BasePath=*/nullptr, CCK).get();
-    break;
-
-  case ICK_Function_To_Pointer:
-    FromType = Context.getPointerType(FromType);
-    From = ImpCastExprToType(From, FromType, CK_FunctionToPointerDecay,
-                             VK_RValue, /*BasePath=*/nullptr, CCK).get();
-    break;
-
-  default:
-    llvm_unreachable("Improper first standard conversion");
-  }
-
-  // Perform the second implicit conversion
-  switch (SCS.Second) {
-  case ICK_Identity:
-    // C++ [except.spec]p5:
-    //   [For] assignment to and initialization of pointers to functions,
-    //   pointers to member functions, and references to functions: the
-    //   target entity shall allow at least the exceptions allowed by the
-    //   source value in the assignment or initialization.
-    switch (Action) {
-    case AA_Assigning:
-    case AA_Initializing:
-      // Note, function argument passing and returning are initialization.
-    case AA_Passing:
-    case AA_Returning:
-    case AA_Sending:
-    case AA_Passing_CFAudited:
-      if (CheckExceptionSpecCompatibility(From, ToType))
-        return ExprError();
-      break;
-
-    case AA_Casting:
-    case AA_Converting:
-      // Casts and implicit conversions are not initialization, so are not
-      // checked for exception specification mismatches.
-      break;
-    }
-    // Nothing else to do.
-    break;
-
-  case ICK_Integral_Promotion:
-  case ICK_Integral_Conversion:
-    if (ToType->isBooleanType()) {
-      assert(FromType->castAs<EnumType>()->getDecl()->isFixed() &&
-             SCS.Second == ICK_Integral_Promotion &&
-             "only enums with fixed underlying type can promote to bool");
-      From = ImpCastExprToType(From, ToType, CK_IntegralToBoolean,
-                               VK_RValue, /*BasePath=*/nullptr, CCK).get();
-    } else {
-      From = ImpCastExprToType(From, ToType, CK_IntegralCast,
-                               VK_RValue, /*BasePath=*/nullptr, CCK).get();
-    }
-    break;
-
-  case ICK_Floating_Promotion:
-  case ICK_Floating_Conversion:
-    From = ImpCastExprToType(From, ToType, CK_FloatingCast,
-                             VK_RValue, /*BasePath=*/nullptr, CCK).get();
-    break;
-
-  case ICK_Complex_Promotion:
-  case ICK_Complex_Conversion: {
-    QualType FromEl = From->getType()->getAs<ComplexType>()->getElementType();
-    QualType ToEl = ToType->getAs<ComplexType>()->getElementType();
-    CastKind CK;
-    if (FromEl->isRealFloatingType()) {
-      if (ToEl->isRealFloatingType())
-        CK = CK_FloatingComplexCast;
-      else
-        CK = CK_FloatingComplexToIntegralComplex;
-    } else if (ToEl->isRealFloatingType()) {
-      CK = CK_IntegralComplexToFloatingComplex;
-    } else {
-      CK = CK_IntegralComplexCast;
-    }
-    From = ImpCastExprToType(From, ToType, CK,
-                             VK_RValue, /*BasePath=*/nullptr, CCK).get();
-    break;
-  }
-
-  case ICK_Floating_Integral:
-    if (ToType->isRealFloatingType())
-      From = ImpCastExprToType(From, ToType, CK_IntegralToFloating,
-                               VK_RValue, /*BasePath=*/nullptr, CCK).get();
-    else
-      From = ImpCastExprToType(From, ToType, CK_FloatingToIntegral,
-                               VK_RValue, /*BasePath=*/nullptr, CCK).get();
-    break;
-
-  case ICK_Compatible_Conversion:
-      From = ImpCastExprToType(From, ToType, CK_NoOp,
-                               VK_RValue, /*BasePath=*/nullptr, CCK).get();
-    break;
-
-  case ICK_Writeback_Conversion:
-  case ICK_Pointer_Conversion: {
-    if (SCS.IncompatibleObjC && Action != AA_Casting) {
-      // Diagnose incompatible Objective-C conversions
-      if (Action == AA_Initializing || Action == AA_Assigning)
-        Diag(From->getBeginLoc(),
-             diag::ext_typecheck_convert_incompatible_pointer)
-            << ToType << From->getType() << Action << From->getSourceRange()
-            << 0;
-      else
-        Diag(From->getBeginLoc(),
-             diag::ext_typecheck_convert_incompatible_pointer)
-            << From->getType() << ToType << Action << From->getSourceRange()
-            << 0;
-
-      if (From->getType()->isObjCObjectPointerType() &&
-          ToType->isObjCObjectPointerType())
-        EmitRelatedResultTypeNote(From);
-    } else if (getLangOpts().allowsNonTrivialObjCLifetimeQualifiers() &&
-               !CheckObjCARCUnavailableWeakConversion(ToType,
-                                                      From->getType())) {
-      if (Action == AA_Initializing)
-        Diag(From->getBeginLoc(), diag::err_arc_weak_unavailable_assign);
-      else
-        Diag(From->getBeginLoc(), diag::err_arc_convesion_of_weak_unavailable)
-            << (Action == AA_Casting) << From->getType() << ToType
-            << From->getSourceRange();
-    }
-
-    CastKind Kind;
-    CXXCastPath BasePath;
-    if (CheckPointerConversion(From, ToType, Kind, BasePath, CStyle))
-      return ExprError();
-
-    // Make sure we extend blocks if necessary.
-    // FIXME: doing this here is really ugly.
-    if (Kind == CK_BlockPointerToObjCPointerCast) {
-      ExprResult E = From;
-      (void) PrepareCastToObjCObjectPointer(E);
-      From = E.get();
-    }
-    if (getLangOpts().allowsNonTrivialObjCLifetimeQualifiers())
-      CheckObjCConversion(SourceRange(), ToType, From, CCK);
-    From = ImpCastExprToType(From, ToType, Kind, VK_RValue, &BasePath, CCK)
-             .get();
-    break;
-  }
-
-  case ICK_Pointer_Member: {
-    CastKind Kind;
-    CXXCastPath BasePath;
-    if (CheckMemberPointerConversion(From, ToType, Kind, BasePath, CStyle))
-      return ExprError();
-    if (CheckExceptionSpecCompatibility(From, ToType))
-      return ExprError();
-
-    // We may not have been able to figure out what this member pointer resolved
-    // to up until this exact point.  Attempt to lock-in it's inheritance model.
-    if (Context.getTargetInfo().getCXXABI().isMicrosoft()) {
-      (void)isCompleteType(From->getExprLoc(), From->getType());
-      (void)isCompleteType(From->getExprLoc(), ToType);
-    }
-
-    From = ImpCastExprToType(From, ToType, Kind, VK_RValue, &BasePath, CCK)
-             .get();
-    break;
-  }
-
-  case ICK_Boolean_Conversion:
-    // Perform half-to-boolean conversion via float.
-    if (From->getType()->isHalfType()) {
-      From = ImpCastExprToType(From, Context.FloatTy, CK_FloatingCast).get();
-      FromType = Context.FloatTy;
-    }
-
-    From = ImpCastExprToType(From, Context.BoolTy,
-                             ScalarTypeToBooleanCastKind(FromType),
-                             VK_RValue, /*BasePath=*/nullptr, CCK).get();
-    break;
-
-  case ICK_Derived_To_Base: {
-    CXXCastPath BasePath;
-    if (CheckDerivedToBaseConversion(
-            From->getType(), ToType.getNonReferenceType(), From->getBeginLoc(),
-            From->getSourceRange(), &BasePath, CStyle))
-      return ExprError();
-
-    From = ImpCastExprToType(From, ToType.getNonReferenceType(),
-                      CK_DerivedToBase, From->getValueKind(),
-                      &BasePath, CCK).get();
-    break;
-  }
-
-  case ICK_Vector_Conversion:
-    From = ImpCastExprToType(From, ToType, CK_BitCast,
-                             VK_RValue, /*BasePath=*/nullptr, CCK).get();
-    break;
-
-  case ICK_Vector_Splat: {
-    // Vector splat from any arithmetic type to a vector.
-    Expr *Elem = prepareVectorSplat(ToType, From).get();
-    From = ImpCastExprToType(Elem, ToType, CK_VectorSplat, VK_RValue,
-                             /*BasePath=*/nullptr, CCK).get();
-    break;
-  }
-
-  case ICK_Complex_Real:
-    // Case 1.  x -> _Complex y
-    if (const ComplexType *ToComplex = ToType->getAs<ComplexType>()) {
-      QualType ElType = ToComplex->getElementType();
-      bool isFloatingComplex = ElType->isRealFloatingType();
-
-      // x -> y
-      if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(ElType, From->getType())) {
-        // do nothing
-      } else if (From->getType()->isRealFloatingType()) {
-        From = ImpCastExprToType(From, ElType,
-                isFloatingComplex ? CK_FloatingCast : CK_FloatingToIntegral).get();
-      } else {
-        assert(From->getType()->isIntegerType());
-        From = ImpCastExprToType(From, ElType,
-                isFloatingComplex ? CK_IntegralToFloating : CK_IntegralCast).get();
-      }
-      // y -> _Complex y
-      From = ImpCastExprToType(From, ToType,
-                   isFloatingComplex ? CK_FloatingRealToComplex
-                                     : CK_IntegralRealToComplex).get();
-
-    // Case 2.  _Complex x -> y
-    } else {
-      const ComplexType *FromComplex = From->getType()->getAs<ComplexType>();
-      assert(FromComplex);
-
-      QualType ElType = FromComplex->getElementType();
-      bool isFloatingComplex = ElType->isRealFloatingType();
-
-      // _Complex x -> x
-      From = ImpCastExprToType(From, ElType,
-                   isFloatingComplex ? CK_FloatingComplexToReal
-                                     : CK_IntegralComplexToReal,
-                               VK_RValue, /*BasePath=*/nullptr, CCK).get();
-
-      // x -> y
-      if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(ElType, ToType)) {
-        // do nothing
-      } else if (ToType->isRealFloatingType()) {
-        From = ImpCastExprToType(From, ToType,
-                   isFloatingComplex ? CK_FloatingCast : CK_IntegralToFloating,
-                                 VK_RValue, /*BasePath=*/nullptr, CCK).get();
-      } else {
-        assert(ToType->isIntegerType());
-        From = ImpCastExprToType(From, ToType,
-                   isFloatingComplex ? CK_FloatingToIntegral : CK_IntegralCast,
-                                 VK_RValue, /*BasePath=*/nullptr, CCK).get();
-      }
-    }
-    break;
-
-  case ICK_Block_Pointer_Conversion: {
-    From = ImpCastExprToType(From, ToType.getUnqualifiedType(), CK_BitCast,
-                             VK_RValue, /*BasePath=*/nullptr, CCK).get();
-    break;
-  }
-
-  case ICK_TransparentUnionConversion: {
-    ExprResult FromRes = From;
-    Sema::AssignConvertType ConvTy =
-      CheckTransparentUnionArgumentConstraints(ToType, FromRes);
-    if (FromRes.isInvalid())
-      return ExprError();
-    From = FromRes.get();
-    assert ((ConvTy == Sema::Compatible) &&
-            "Improper transparent union conversion");
-    (void)ConvTy;
-    break;
-  }
-
-  case ICK_Zero_Event_Conversion:
-  case ICK_Zero_Queue_Conversion:
-    From = ImpCastExprToType(From, ToType,
-                             CK_ZeroToOCLOpaqueType,
-                             From->getValueKind()).get();
-    break;
-
-  case ICK_Lvalue_To_Rvalue:
-  case ICK_Array_To_Pointer:
-  case ICK_Function_To_Pointer:
-  case ICK_Function_Conversion:
-  case ICK_Qualification:
-  case ICK_Num_Conversion_Kinds:
-  case ICK_C_Only_Conversion:
-  case ICK_Incompatible_Pointer_Conversion:
-    llvm_unreachable("Improper second standard conversion");
-  }
-
-  switch (SCS.Third) {
-  case ICK_Identity:
-    // Nothing to do.
-    break;
-
-  case ICK_Function_Conversion:
-    // If both sides are functions (or pointers/references to them), there could
-    // be incompatible exception declarations.
-    if (CheckExceptionSpecCompatibility(From, ToType))
-      return ExprError();
-
-    From = ImpCastExprToType(From, ToType, CK_NoOp,
-                             VK_RValue, /*BasePath=*/nullptr, CCK).get();
-    break;
-
-  case ICK_Qualification: {
-    // The qualification keeps the category of the inner expression, unless the
-    // target type isn't a reference.
-    ExprValueKind VK =
-        ToType->isReferenceType() ? From->getValueKind() : VK_RValue;
-
-    CastKind CK = CK_NoOp;
-
-    if (ToType->isReferenceType() &&
-        ToType->getPointeeType().getAddressSpace() !=
-            From->getType().getAddressSpace())
-      CK = CK_AddressSpaceConversion;
-
-    if (ToType->isPointerType() &&
-        ToType->getPointeeType().getAddressSpace() !=
-            From->getType()->getPointeeType().getAddressSpace())
-      CK = CK_AddressSpaceConversion;
-
-    From = ImpCastExprToType(From, ToType.getNonLValueExprType(Context), CK, VK,
-                             /*BasePath=*/nullptr, CCK)
-               .get();
-
-    if (SCS.DeprecatedStringLiteralToCharPtr &&
-        !getLangOpts().WritableStrings) {
-      Diag(From->getBeginLoc(),
-           getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11
-               ? diag::ext_deprecated_string_literal_conversion
-               : diag::warn_deprecated_string_literal_conversion)
-          << ToType.getNonReferenceType();
-    }
-
-    break;
-  }
-
-  default:
-    llvm_unreachable("Improper third standard conversion");
-  }
-
-  // If this conversion sequence involved a scalar -> atomic conversion, perform
-  // that conversion now.
-  if (!ToAtomicType.isNull()) {
-    assert(Context.hasSameType(
-        ToAtomicType->castAs<AtomicType>()->getValueType(), From->getType()));
-    From = ImpCastExprToType(From, ToAtomicType, CK_NonAtomicToAtomic,
-                             VK_RValue, nullptr, CCK).get();
-  }
-
-  // If this conversion sequence succeeded and involved implicitly converting a
-  // _Nullable type to a _Nonnull one, complain.
-  if (!isCast(CCK))
-    diagnoseNullableToNonnullConversion(ToType, InitialFromType,
-                                        From->getBeginLoc());
-
-  return From;
-}
-
-/// Check the completeness of a type in a unary type trait.
-///
-/// If the particular type trait requires a complete type, tries to complete
-/// it. If completing the type fails, a diagnostic is emitted and false
-/// returned. If completing the type succeeds or no completion was required,
-/// returns true.
-static bool CheckUnaryTypeTraitTypeCompleteness(Sema &S, TypeTrait UTT,
-                                                SourceLocation Loc,
-                                                QualType ArgTy) {
-  // C++0x [meta.unary.prop]p3:
-  //   For all of the class templates X declared in this Clause, instantiating
-  //   that template with a template argument that is a class template
-  //   specialization may result in the implicit instantiation of the template
-  //   argument if and only if the semantics of X require that the argument
-  //   must be a complete type.
-  // We apply this rule to all the type trait expressions used to implement
-  // these class templates. We also try to follow any GCC documented behavior
-  // in these expressions to ensure portability of standard libraries.
-  switch (UTT) {
-  default: llvm_unreachable("not a UTT");
-    // is_complete_type somewhat obviously cannot require a complete type.
-  case UTT_IsCompleteType:
-    // Fall-through
-
-    // These traits are modeled on the type predicates in C++0x
-    // [meta.unary.cat] and [meta.unary.comp]. They are not specified as
-    // requiring a complete type, as whether or not they return true cannot be
-    // impacted by the completeness of the type.
-  case UTT_IsVoid:
-  case UTT_IsIntegral:
-  case UTT_IsFloatingPoint:
-  case UTT_IsArray:
-  case UTT_IsPointer:
-  case UTT_IsLvalueReference:
-  case UTT_IsRvalueReference:
-  case UTT_IsMemberFunctionPointer:
-  case UTT_IsMemberObjectPointer:
-  case UTT_IsEnum:
-  case UTT_IsUnion:
-  case UTT_IsClass:
-  case UTT_IsFunction:
-  case UTT_IsReference:
-  case UTT_IsArithmetic:
-  case UTT_IsFundamental:
-  case UTT_IsObject:
-  case UTT_IsScalar:
-  case UTT_IsCompound:
-  case UTT_IsMemberPointer:
-    // Fall-through
-
-    // These traits are modeled on type predicates in C++0x [meta.unary.prop]
-    // which requires some of its traits to have the complete type. However,
-    // the completeness of the type cannot impact these traits' semantics, and
-    // so they don't require it. This matches the comments on these traits in
-    // Table 49.
-  case UTT_IsConst:
-  case UTT_IsVolatile:
-  case UTT_IsSigned:
-  case UTT_IsUnsigned:
-
-  // This type trait always returns false, checking the type is moot.
-  case UTT_IsInterfaceClass:
-    return true;
-
-  // C++14 [meta.unary.prop]:
-  //   If T is a non-union class type, T shall be a complete type.
-  case UTT_IsEmpty:
-  case UTT_IsPolymorphic:
-  case UTT_IsAbstract:
-    if (const auto *RD = ArgTy->getAsCXXRecordDecl())
-      if (!RD->isUnion())
-        return !S.RequireCompleteType(
-            Loc, ArgTy, diag::err_incomplete_type_used_in_type_trait_expr);
-    return true;
-
-  // C++14 [meta.unary.prop]:
-  //   If T is a class type, T shall be a complete type.
-  case UTT_IsFinal:
-  case UTT_IsSealed:
-    if (ArgTy->getAsCXXRecordDecl())
-      return !S.RequireCompleteType(
-          Loc, ArgTy, diag::err_incomplete_type_used_in_type_trait_expr);
-    return true;
-
-  // C++1z [meta.unary.prop]:
-  //   remove_all_extents_t<T> shall be a complete type or cv void.
-  case UTT_IsAggregate:
-  case UTT_IsTrivial:
-  case UTT_IsTriviallyCopyable:
-  case UTT_IsStandardLayout:
-  case UTT_IsPOD:
-  case UTT_IsLiteral:
-  // Per the GCC type traits documentation, T shall be a complete type, cv void,
-  // or an array of unknown bound. But GCC actually imposes the same constraints
-  // as above.
-  case UTT_HasNothrowAssign:
-  case UTT_HasNothrowMoveAssign:
-  case UTT_HasNothrowConstructor:
-  case UTT_HasNothrowCopy:
-  case UTT_HasTrivialAssign:
-  case UTT_HasTrivialMoveAssign:
-  case UTT_HasTrivialDefaultConstructor:
-  case UTT_HasTrivialMoveConstructor:
-  case UTT_HasTrivialCopy:
-  case UTT_HasTrivialDestructor:
-  case UTT_HasVirtualDestructor:
-    ArgTy = QualType(ArgTy->getBaseElementTypeUnsafe(), 0);
-    LLVM_FALLTHROUGH;
-
-  // C++1z [meta.unary.prop]:
-  //   T shall be a complete type, cv void, or an array of unknown bound.
-  case UTT_IsDestructible:
-  case UTT_IsNothrowDestructible:
-  case UTT_IsTriviallyDestructible:
-  case UTT_HasUniqueObjectRepresentations:
-    if (ArgTy->isIncompleteArrayType() || ArgTy->isVoidType())
-      return true;
-
-    return !S.RequireCompleteType(
-        Loc, ArgTy, diag::err_incomplete_type_used_in_type_trait_expr);
-  }
-}
-
-static bool HasNoThrowOperator(const RecordType *RT, OverloadedOperatorKind Op,
-                               Sema &Self, SourceLocation KeyLoc, ASTContext &C,
-                               bool (CXXRecordDecl::*HasTrivial)() const,
-                               bool (CXXRecordDecl::*HasNonTrivial)() const,
-                               bool (CXXMethodDecl::*IsDesiredOp)() const)
-{
-  CXXRecordDecl *RD = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RT->getDecl());
-  if ((RD->*HasTrivial)() && !(RD->*HasNonTrivial)())
-    return true;
-
-  DeclarationName Name = C.DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName(Op);
-  DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo(Name, KeyLoc);
-  LookupResult Res(Self, NameInfo, Sema::LookupOrdinaryName);
-  if (Self.LookupQualifiedName(Res, RD)) {
-    bool FoundOperator = false;
-    Res.suppressDiagnostics();
-    for (LookupResult::iterator Op = Res.begin(), OpEnd = Res.end();
-         Op != OpEnd; ++Op) {
-      if (isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(*Op))
-        continue;
-
-      CXXMethodDecl *Operator = cast<CXXMethodDecl>(*Op);
-      if((Operator->*IsDesiredOp)()) {
-        FoundOperator = true;
-        const FunctionProtoType *CPT =
-          Operator->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>();
-        CPT = Self.ResolveExceptionSpec(KeyLoc, CPT);
-        if (!CPT || !CPT->isNothrow())
-          return false;
-      }
-    }
-    return FoundOperator;
-  }
-  return false;
-}
-
-static bool EvaluateUnaryTypeTrait(Sema &Self, TypeTrait UTT,
-                                   SourceLocation KeyLoc, QualType T) {
-  assert(!T->isDependentType() && "Cannot evaluate traits of dependent type");
-
-  ASTContext &C = Self.Context;
-  switch(UTT) {
-  default: llvm_unreachable("not a UTT");
-    // Type trait expressions corresponding to the primary type category
-    // predicates in C++0x [meta.unary.cat].
-  case UTT_IsVoid:
-    return T->isVoidType();
-  case UTT_IsIntegral:
-    return T->isIntegralType(C);
-  case UTT_IsFloatingPoint:
-    return T->isFloatingType();
-  case UTT_IsArray:
-    return T->isArrayType();
-  case UTT_IsPointer:
-    return T->isPointerType();
-  case UTT_IsLvalueReference:
-    return T->isLValueReferenceType();
-  case UTT_IsRvalueReference:
-    return T->isRValueReferenceType();
-  case UTT_IsMemberFunctionPointer:
-    return T->isMemberFunctionPointerType();
-  case UTT_IsMemberObjectPointer:
-    return T->isMemberDataPointerType();
-  case UTT_IsEnum:
-    return T->isEnumeralType();
-  case UTT_IsUnion:
-    return T->isUnionType();
-  case UTT_IsClass:
-    return T->isClassType() || T->isStructureType() || T->isInterfaceType();
-  case UTT_IsFunction:
-    return T->isFunctionType();
-
-    // Type trait expressions which correspond to the convenient composition
-    // predicates in C++0x [meta.unary.comp].
-  case UTT_IsReference:
-    return T->isReferenceType();
-  case UTT_IsArithmetic:
-    return T->isArithmeticType() && !T->isEnumeralType();
-  case UTT_IsFundamental:
-    return T->isFundamentalType();
-  case UTT_IsObject:
-    return T->isObjectType();
-  case UTT_IsScalar:
-    // Note: semantic analysis depends on Objective-C lifetime types to be
-    // considered scalar types. However, such types do not actually behave
-    // like scalar types at run time (since they may require retain/release
-    // operations), so we report them as non-scalar.
-    if (T->isObjCLifetimeType()) {
-      switch (T.getObjCLifetime()) {
-      case Qualifiers::OCL_None:
-      case Qualifiers::OCL_ExplicitNone:
-        return true;
-
-      case Qualifiers::OCL_Strong:
-      case Qualifiers::OCL_Weak:
-      case Qualifiers::OCL_Autoreleasing:
-        return false;
-      }
-    }
-
-    return T->isScalarType();
-  case UTT_IsCompound:
-    return T->isCompoundType();
-  case UTT_IsMemberPointer:
-    return T->isMemberPointerType();
-
-    // Type trait expressions which correspond to the type property predicates
-    // in C++0x [meta.unary.prop].
-  case UTT_IsConst:
-    return T.isConstQualified();
-  case UTT_IsVolatile:
-    return T.isVolatileQualified();
-  case UTT_IsTrivial:
-    return T.isTrivialType(C);
-  case UTT_IsTriviallyCopyable:
-    return T.isTriviallyCopyableType(C);
-  case UTT_IsStandardLayout:
-    return T->isStandardLayoutType();
-  case UTT_IsPOD:
-    return T.isPODType(C);
-  case UTT_IsLiteral:
-    return T->isLiteralType(C);
-  case UTT_IsEmpty:
-    if (const CXXRecordDecl *RD = T->getAsCXXRecordDecl())
-      return !RD->isUnion() && RD->isEmpty();
-    return false;
-  case UTT_IsPolymorphic:
-    if (const CXXRecordDecl *RD = T->getAsCXXRecordDecl())
-      return !RD->isUnion() && RD->isPolymorphic();
-    return false;
-  case UTT_IsAbstract:
-    if (const CXXRecordDecl *RD = T->getAsCXXRecordDecl())
-      return !RD->isUnion() && RD->isAbstract();
-    return false;
-  case UTT_IsAggregate:
-    // Report vector extensions and complex types as aggregates because they
-    // support aggregate initialization. GCC mirrors this behavior for vectors
-    // but not _Complex.
-    return T->isAggregateType() || T->isVectorType() || T->isExtVectorType() ||
-           T->isAnyComplexType();
-  // __is_interface_class only returns true when CL is invoked in /CLR mode and
-  // even then only when it is used with the 'interface struct ...' syntax
-  // Clang doesn't support /CLR which makes this type trait moot.
-  case UTT_IsInterfaceClass:
-    return false;
-  case UTT_IsFinal:
-  case UTT_IsSealed:
-    if (const CXXRecordDecl *RD = T->getAsCXXRecordDecl())
-      return RD->hasAttr<FinalAttr>();
-    return false;
-  case UTT_IsSigned:
-    return T->isSignedIntegerType();
-  case UTT_IsUnsigned:
-    return T->isUnsignedIntegerType();
-
-    // Type trait expressions which query classes regarding their construction,
-    // destruction, and copying. Rather than being based directly on the
-    // related type predicates in the standard, they are specified by both
-    // GCC[1] and the Embarcadero C++ compiler[2], and Clang implements those
-    // specifications.
-    //
-    //   1: http://gcc.gnu/.org/onlinedocs/gcc/Type-Traits.html
-    //   2: http://docwiki.embarcadero.com/RADStudio/XE/en/Type_Trait_Functions_(C%2B%2B0x)_Index
-    //
-    // Note that these builtins do not behave as documented in g++: if a class
-    // has both a trivial and a non-trivial special member of a particular kind,
-    // they return false! For now, we emulate this behavior.
-    // FIXME: This appears to be a g++ bug: more complex cases reveal that it
-    // does not correctly compute triviality in the presence of multiple special
-    // members of the same kind. Revisit this once the g++ bug is fixed.
-  case UTT_HasTrivialDefaultConstructor:
-    // http://gcc.gnu.org/onlinedocs/gcc/Type-Traits.html:
-    //   If __is_pod (type) is true then the trait is true, else if type is
-    //   a cv class or union type (or array thereof) with a trivial default
-    //   constructor ([class.ctor]) then the trait is true, else it is false.
-    if (T.isPODType(C))
-      return true;
-    if (CXXRecordDecl *RD = C.getBaseElementType(T)->getAsCXXRecordDecl())
-      return RD->hasTrivialDefaultConstructor() &&
-             !RD->hasNonTrivialDefaultConstructor();
-    return false;
-  case UTT_HasTrivialMoveConstructor:
-    //  This trait is implemented by MSVC 2012 and needed to parse the
-    //  standard library headers. Specifically this is used as the logic
-    //  behind std::is_trivially_move_constructible (20.9.4.3).
-    if (T.isPODType(C))
-      return true;
-    if (CXXRecordDecl *RD = C.getBaseElementType(T)->getAsCXXRecordDecl())
-      return RD->hasTrivialMoveConstructor() && !RD->hasNonTrivialMoveConstructor();
-    return false;
-  case UTT_HasTrivialCopy:
-    // http://gcc.gnu.org/onlinedocs/gcc/Type-Traits.html:
-    //   If __is_pod (type) is true or type is a reference type then
-    //   the trait is true, else if type is a cv class or union type
-    //   with a trivial copy constructor ([class.copy]) then the trait
-    //   is true, else it is false.
-    if (T.isPODType(C) || T->isReferenceType())
-      return true;
-    if (CXXRecordDecl *RD = T->getAsCXXRecordDecl())
-      return RD->hasTrivialCopyConstructor() &&
-             !RD->hasNonTrivialCopyConstructor();
-    return false;
-  case UTT_HasTrivialMoveAssign:
-    //  This trait is implemented by MSVC 2012 and needed to parse the
-    //  standard library headers. Specifically it is used as the logic
-    //  behind std::is_trivially_move_assignable (20.9.4.3)
-    if (T.isPODType(C))
-      return true;
-    if (CXXRecordDecl *RD = C.getBaseElementType(T)->getAsCXXRecordDecl())
-      return RD->hasTrivialMoveAssignment() && !RD->hasNonTrivialMoveAssignment();
-    return false;
-  case UTT_HasTrivialAssign:
-    // http://gcc.gnu.org/onlinedocs/gcc/Type-Traits.html:
-    //   If type is const qualified or is a reference type then the
-    //   trait is false. Otherwise if __is_pod (type) is true then the
-    //   trait is true, else if type is a cv class or union type with
-    //   a trivial copy assignment ([class.copy]) then the trait is
-    //   true, else it is false.
-    // Note: the const and reference restrictions are interesting,
-    // given that const and reference members don't prevent a class
-    // from having a trivial copy assignment operator (but do cause
-    // errors if the copy assignment operator is actually used, q.v.
-    // [class.copy]p12).
-
-    if (T.isConstQualified())
-      return false;
-    if (T.isPODType(C))
-      return true;
-    if (CXXRecordDecl *RD = T->getAsCXXRecordDecl())
-      return RD->hasTrivialCopyAssignment() &&
-             !RD->hasNonTrivialCopyAssignment();
-    return false;
-  case UTT_IsDestructible:
-  case UTT_IsTriviallyDestructible:
-  case UTT_IsNothrowDestructible:
-    // C++14 [meta.unary.prop]:
-    //   For reference types, is_destructible<T>::value is true.
-    if (T->isReferenceType())
-      return true;
-
-    // Objective-C++ ARC: autorelease types don't require destruction.
-    if (T->isObjCLifetimeType() &&
-        T.getObjCLifetime() == Qualifiers::OCL_Autoreleasing)
-      return true;
-
-    // C++14 [meta.unary.prop]:
-    //   For incomplete types and function types, is_destructible<T>::value is
-    //   false.
-    if (T->isIncompleteType() || T->isFunctionType())
-      return false;
-
-    // A type that requires destruction (via a non-trivial destructor or ARC
-    // lifetime semantics) is not trivially-destructible.
-    if (UTT == UTT_IsTriviallyDestructible && T.isDestructedType())
-      return false;
-
-    // C++14 [meta.unary.prop]:
-    //   For object types and given U equal to remove_all_extents_t<T>, if the
-    //   expression std::declval<U&>().~U() is well-formed when treated as an
-    //   unevaluated operand (Clause 5), then is_destructible<T>::value is true
-    if (auto *RD = C.getBaseElementType(T)->getAsCXXRecordDecl()) {
-      CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor = Self.LookupDestructor(RD);
-      if (!Destructor)
-        return false;
-      //  C++14 [dcl.fct.def.delete]p2:
-      //    A program that refers to a deleted function implicitly or
-      //    explicitly, other than to declare it, is ill-formed.
-      if (Destructor->isDeleted())
-        return false;
-      if (C.getLangOpts().AccessControl && Destructor->getAccess() != AS_public)
-        return false;
-      if (UTT == UTT_IsNothrowDestructible) {
-        const FunctionProtoType *CPT =
-            Destructor->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>();
-        CPT = Self.ResolveExceptionSpec(KeyLoc, CPT);
-        if (!CPT || !CPT->isNothrow())
-          return false;
-      }
-    }
-    return true;
-
-  case UTT_HasTrivialDestructor:
-    // http://gcc.gnu.org/onlinedocs/gcc/Type-Traits.html
-    //   If __is_pod (type) is true or type is a reference type
-    //   then the trait is true, else if type is a cv class or union
-    //   type (or array thereof) with a trivial destructor
-    //   ([class.dtor]) then the trait is true, else it is
-    //   false.
-    if (T.isPODType(C) || T->isReferenceType())
-      return true;
-
-    // Objective-C++ ARC: autorelease types don't require destruction.
-    if (T->isObjCLifetimeType() &&
-        T.getObjCLifetime() == Qualifiers::OCL_Autoreleasing)
-      return true;
-
-    if (CXXRecordDecl *RD = C.getBaseElementType(T)->getAsCXXRecordDecl())
-      return RD->hasTrivialDestructor();
-    return false;
-  // TODO: Propagate nothrowness for implicitly declared special members.
-  case UTT_HasNothrowAssign:
-    // http://gcc.gnu.org/onlinedocs/gcc/Type-Traits.html:
-    //   If type is const qualified or is a reference type then the
-    //   trait is false. Otherwise if __has_trivial_assign (type)
-    //   is true then the trait is true, else if type is a cv class
-    //   or union type with copy assignment operators that are known
-    //   not to throw an exception then the trait is true, else it is
-    //   false.
-    if (C.getBaseElementType(T).isConstQualified())
-      return false;
-    if (T->isReferenceType())
-      return false;
-    if (T.isPODType(C) || T->isObjCLifetimeType())
-      return true;
-
-    if (const RecordType *RT = T->getAs<RecordType>())
-      return HasNoThrowOperator(RT, OO_Equal, Self, KeyLoc, C,
-                                &CXXRecordDecl::hasTrivialCopyAssignment,
-                                &CXXRecordDecl::hasNonTrivialCopyAssignment,
-                                &CXXMethodDecl::isCopyAssignmentOperator);
-    return false;
-  case UTT_HasNothrowMoveAssign:
-    //  This trait is implemented by MSVC 2012 and needed to parse the
-    //  standard library headers. Specifically this is used as the logic
-    //  behind std::is_nothrow_move_assignable (20.9.4.3).
-    if (T.isPODType(C))
-      return true;
-
-    if (const RecordType *RT = C.getBaseElementType(T)->getAs<RecordType>())
-      return HasNoThrowOperator(RT, OO_Equal, Self, KeyLoc, C,
-                                &CXXRecordDecl::hasTrivialMoveAssignment,
-                                &CXXRecordDecl::hasNonTrivialMoveAssignment,
-                                &CXXMethodDecl::isMoveAssignmentOperator);
-    return false;
-  case UTT_HasNothrowCopy:
-    // http://gcc.gnu.org/onlinedocs/gcc/Type-Traits.html:
-    //   If __has_trivial_copy (type) is true then the trait is true, else
-    //   if type is a cv class or union type with copy constructors that are
-    //   known not to throw an exception then the trait is true, else it is
-    //   false.
-    if (T.isPODType(C) || T->isReferenceType() || T->isObjCLifetimeType())
-      return true;
-    if (CXXRecordDecl *RD = T->getAsCXXRecordDecl()) {
-      if (RD->hasTrivialCopyConstructor() &&
-          !RD->hasNonTrivialCopyConstructor())
-        return true;
-
-      bool FoundConstructor = false;
-      unsigned FoundTQs;
-      for (const auto *ND : Self.LookupConstructors(RD)) {
-        // A template constructor is never a copy constructor.
-        // FIXME: However, it may actually be selected at the actual overload
-        // resolution point.
-        if (isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(ND->getUnderlyingDecl()))
-          continue;
-        // UsingDecl itself is not a constructor
-        if (isa<UsingDecl>(ND))
-          continue;
-        auto *Constructor = cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(ND->getUnderlyingDecl());
-        if (Constructor->isCopyConstructor(FoundTQs)) {
-          FoundConstructor = true;
-          const FunctionProtoType *CPT
-              = Constructor->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>();
-          CPT = Self.ResolveExceptionSpec(KeyLoc, CPT);
-          if (!CPT)
-            return false;
-          // TODO: check whether evaluating default arguments can throw.
-          // For now, we'll be conservative and assume that they can throw.
-          if (!CPT->isNothrow() || CPT->getNumParams() > 1)
-            return false;
-        }
-      }
-
-      return FoundConstructor;
-    }
-    return false;
-  case UTT_HasNothrowConstructor:
-    // http://gcc.gnu.org/onlinedocs/gcc/Type-Traits.html
-    //   If __has_trivial_constructor (type) is true then the trait is
-    //   true, else if type is a cv class or union type (or array
-    //   thereof) with a default constructor that is known not to
-    //   throw an exception then the trait is true, else it is false.
-    if (T.isPODType(C) || T->isObjCLifetimeType())
-      return true;
-    if (CXXRecordDecl *RD = C.getBaseElementType(T)->getAsCXXRecordDecl()) {
-      if (RD->hasTrivialDefaultConstructor() &&
-          !RD->hasNonTrivialDefaultConstructor())
-        return true;
-
-      bool FoundConstructor = false;
-      for (const auto *ND : Self.LookupConstructors(RD)) {
-        // FIXME: In C++0x, a constructor template can be a default constructor.
-        if (isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(ND->getUnderlyingDecl()))
-          continue;
-        // UsingDecl itself is not a constructor
-        if (isa<UsingDecl>(ND))
-          continue;
-        auto *Constructor = cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(ND->getUnderlyingDecl());
-        if (Constructor->isDefaultConstructor()) {
-          FoundConstructor = true;
-          const FunctionProtoType *CPT
-              = Constructor->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>();
-          CPT = Self.ResolveExceptionSpec(KeyLoc, CPT);
-          if (!CPT)
-            return false;
-          // FIXME: check whether evaluating default arguments can throw.
-          // For now, we'll be conservative and assume that they can throw.
-          if (!CPT->isNothrow() || CPT->getNumParams() > 0)
-            return false;
-        }
-      }
-      return FoundConstructor;
-    }
-    return false;
-  case UTT_HasVirtualDestructor:
-    // http://gcc.gnu.org/onlinedocs/gcc/Type-Traits.html:
-    //   If type is a class type with a virtual destructor ([class.dtor])
-    //   then the trait is true, else it is false.
-    if (CXXRecordDecl *RD = T->getAsCXXRecordDecl())
-      if (CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor = Self.LookupDestructor(RD))
-        return Destructor->isVirtual();
-    return false;
-
-    // These type trait expressions are modeled on the specifications for the
-    // Embarcadero C++0x type trait functions:
-    //   http://docwiki.embarcadero.com/RADStudio/XE/en/Type_Trait_Functions_(C%2B%2B0x)_Index
-  case UTT_IsCompleteType:
-    // http://docwiki.embarcadero.com/RADStudio/XE/en/Is_complete_type_(typename_T_):
-    //   Returns True if and only if T is a complete type at the point of the
-    //   function call.
-    return !T->isIncompleteType();
-  case UTT_HasUniqueObjectRepresentations:
-    return C.hasUniqueObjectRepresentations(T);
-  }
-}
-
-static bool EvaluateBinaryTypeTrait(Sema &Self, TypeTrait BTT, QualType LhsT,
-                                    QualType RhsT, SourceLocation KeyLoc);
-
-static bool evaluateTypeTrait(Sema &S, TypeTrait Kind, SourceLocation KWLoc,
-                              ArrayRef<TypeSourceInfo *> Args,
-                              SourceLocation RParenLoc) {
-  if (Kind <= UTT_Last)
-    return EvaluateUnaryTypeTrait(S, Kind, KWLoc, Args[0]->getType());
-
-  // Evaluate BTT_ReferenceBindsToTemporary alongside the IsConstructible
-  // traits to avoid duplication.
-  if (Kind <= BTT_Last && Kind != BTT_ReferenceBindsToTemporary)
-    return EvaluateBinaryTypeTrait(S, Kind, Args[0]->getType(),
-                                   Args[1]->getType(), RParenLoc);
-
-  switch (Kind) {
-  case clang::BTT_ReferenceBindsToTemporary:
-  case clang::TT_IsConstructible:
-  case clang::TT_IsNothrowConstructible:
-  case clang::TT_IsTriviallyConstructible: {
-    // C++11 [meta.unary.prop]:
-    //   is_trivially_constructible is defined as:
-    //
-    //     is_constructible<T, Args...>::value is true and the variable
-    //     definition for is_constructible, as defined below, is known to call
-    //     no operation that is not trivial.
-    //
-    //   The predicate condition for a template specialization
-    //   is_constructible<T, Args...> shall be satisfied if and only if the
-    //   following variable definition would be well-formed for some invented
-    //   variable t:
-    //
-    //     T t(create<Args>()...);
-    assert(!Args.empty());
-
-    // Precondition: T and all types in the parameter pack Args shall be
-    // complete types, (possibly cv-qualified) void, or arrays of
-    // unknown bound.
-    for (const auto *TSI : Args) {
-      QualType ArgTy = TSI->getType();
-      if (ArgTy->isVoidType() || ArgTy->isIncompleteArrayType())
-        continue;
-
-      if (S.RequireCompleteType(KWLoc, ArgTy,
-          diag::err_incomplete_type_used_in_type_trait_expr))
-        return false;
-    }
-
-    // Make sure the first argument is not incomplete nor a function type.
-    QualType T = Args[0]->getType();
-    if (T->isIncompleteType() || T->isFunctionType())
-      return false;
-
-    // Make sure the first argument is not an abstract type.
-    CXXRecordDecl *RD = T->getAsCXXRecordDecl();
-    if (RD && RD->isAbstract())
-      return false;
-
-    SmallVector<OpaqueValueExpr, 2> OpaqueArgExprs;
-    SmallVector<Expr *, 2> ArgExprs;
-    ArgExprs.reserve(Args.size() - 1);
-    for (unsigned I = 1, N = Args.size(); I != N; ++I) {
-      QualType ArgTy = Args[I]->getType();
-      if (ArgTy->isObjectType() || ArgTy->isFunctionType())
-        ArgTy = S.Context.getRValueReferenceType(ArgTy);
-      OpaqueArgExprs.push_back(
-          OpaqueValueExpr(Args[I]->getTypeLoc().getBeginLoc(),
-                          ArgTy.getNonLValueExprType(S.Context),
-                          Expr::getValueKindForType(ArgTy)));
-    }
-    for (Expr &E : OpaqueArgExprs)
-      ArgExprs.push_back(&E);
-
-    // Perform the initialization in an unevaluated context within a SFINAE
-    // trap at translation unit scope.
-    EnterExpressionEvaluationContext Unevaluated(
-        S, Sema::ExpressionEvaluationContext::Unevaluated);
-    Sema::SFINAETrap SFINAE(S, /*AccessCheckingSFINAE=*/true);
-    Sema::ContextRAII TUContext(S, S.Context.getTranslationUnitDecl());
-    InitializedEntity To(InitializedEntity::InitializeTemporary(Args[0]));
-    InitializationKind InitKind(InitializationKind::CreateDirect(KWLoc, KWLoc,
-                                                                 RParenLoc));
-    InitializationSequence Init(S, To, InitKind, ArgExprs);
-    if (Init.Failed())
-      return false;
-
-    ExprResult Result = Init.Perform(S, To, InitKind, ArgExprs);
-    if (Result.isInvalid() || SFINAE.hasErrorOccurred())
-      return false;
-
-    if (Kind == clang::TT_IsConstructible)
-      return true;
-
-    if (Kind == clang::BTT_ReferenceBindsToTemporary) {
-      if (!T->isReferenceType())
-        return false;
-
-      return !Init.isDirectReferenceBinding();
-    }
-
-    if (Kind == clang::TT_IsNothrowConstructible)
-      return S.canThrow(Result.get()) == CT_Cannot;
-
-    if (Kind == clang::TT_IsTriviallyConstructible) {
-      // Under Objective-C ARC and Weak, if the destination has non-trivial
-      // Objective-C lifetime, this is a non-trivial construction.
-      if (T.getNonReferenceType().hasNonTrivialObjCLifetime())
-        return false;
-
-      // The initialization succeeded; now make sure there are no non-trivial
-      // calls.
-      return !Result.get()->hasNonTrivialCall(S.Context);
-    }
-
-    llvm_unreachable("unhandled type trait");
-    return false;
-  }
-    default: llvm_unreachable("not a TT");
-  }
-
-  return false;
-}
-
-ExprResult Sema::BuildTypeTrait(TypeTrait Kind, SourceLocation KWLoc,
-                                ArrayRef<TypeSourceInfo *> Args,
-                                SourceLocation RParenLoc) {
-  QualType ResultType = Context.getLogicalOperationType();
-
-  if (Kind <= UTT_Last && !CheckUnaryTypeTraitTypeCompleteness(
-                               *this, Kind, KWLoc, Args[0]->getType()))
-    return ExprError();
-
-  bool Dependent = false;
-  for (unsigned I = 0, N = Args.size(); I != N; ++I) {
-    if (Args[I]->getType()->isDependentType()) {
-      Dependent = true;
-      break;
-    }
-  }
-
-  bool Result = false;
-  if (!Dependent)
-    Result = evaluateTypeTrait(*this, Kind, KWLoc, Args, RParenLoc);
-
-  return TypeTraitExpr::Create(Context, ResultType, KWLoc, Kind, Args,
-                               RParenLoc, Result);
-}
-
-ExprResult Sema::ActOnTypeTrait(TypeTrait Kind, SourceLocation KWLoc,
-                                ArrayRef<ParsedType> Args,
-                                SourceLocation RParenLoc) {
-  SmallVector<TypeSourceInfo *, 4> ConvertedArgs;
-  ConvertedArgs.reserve(Args.size());
-
-  for (unsigned I = 0, N = Args.size(); I != N; ++I) {
-    TypeSourceInfo *TInfo;
-    QualType T = GetTypeFromParser(Args[I], &TInfo);
-    if (!TInfo)
-      TInfo = Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T, KWLoc);
-
-    ConvertedArgs.push_back(TInfo);
-  }
-
-  return BuildTypeTrait(Kind, KWLoc, ConvertedArgs, RParenLoc);
-}
-
-static bool EvaluateBinaryTypeTrait(Sema &Self, TypeTrait BTT, QualType LhsT,
-                                    QualType RhsT, SourceLocation KeyLoc) {
-  assert(!LhsT->isDependentType() && !RhsT->isDependentType() &&
-         "Cannot evaluate traits of dependent types");
-
-  switch(BTT) {
-  case BTT_IsBaseOf: {
-    // C++0x [meta.rel]p2
-    // Base is a base class of Derived without regard to cv-qualifiers or
-    // Base and Derived are not unions and name the same class type without
-    // regard to cv-qualifiers.
-
-    const RecordType *lhsRecord = LhsT->getAs<RecordType>();
-    const RecordType *rhsRecord = RhsT->getAs<RecordType>();
-    if (!rhsRecord || !lhsRecord) {
-      const ObjCObjectType *LHSObjTy = LhsT->getAs<ObjCObjectType>();
-      const ObjCObjectType *RHSObjTy = RhsT->getAs<ObjCObjectType>();
-      if (!LHSObjTy || !RHSObjTy)
-        return false;
-
-      ObjCInterfaceDecl *BaseInterface = LHSObjTy->getInterface();
-      ObjCInterfaceDecl *DerivedInterface = RHSObjTy->getInterface();
-      if (!BaseInterface || !DerivedInterface)
-        return false;
-
-      if (Self.RequireCompleteType(
-              KeyLoc, RhsT, diag::err_incomplete_type_used_in_type_trait_expr))
-        return false;
-
-      return BaseInterface->isSuperClassOf(DerivedInterface);
-    }
-
-    assert(Self.Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(LhsT, RhsT)
-             == (lhsRecord == rhsRecord));
-
-    if (lhsRecord == rhsRecord)
-      return !lhsRecord->getDecl()->isUnion();
-
-    // C++0x [meta.rel]p2:
-    //   If Base and Derived are class types and are different types
-    //   (ignoring possible cv-qualifiers) then Derived shall be a
-    //   complete type.
-    if (Self.RequireCompleteType(KeyLoc, RhsT,
-                          diag::err_incomplete_type_used_in_type_trait_expr))
-      return false;
-
-    return cast<CXXRecordDecl>(rhsRecord->getDecl())
-      ->isDerivedFrom(cast<CXXRecordDecl>(lhsRecord->getDecl()));
-  }
-  case BTT_IsSame:
-    return Self.Context.hasSameType(LhsT, RhsT);
-  case BTT_TypeCompatible: {
-    // GCC ignores cv-qualifiers on arrays for this builtin.
-    Qualifiers LhsQuals, RhsQuals;
-    QualType Lhs = Self.getASTContext().getUnqualifiedArrayType(LhsT, LhsQuals);
-    QualType Rhs = Self.getASTContext().getUnqualifiedArrayType(RhsT, RhsQuals);
-    return Self.Context.typesAreCompatible(Lhs, Rhs);
-  }
-  case BTT_IsConvertible:
-  case BTT_IsConvertibleTo: {
-    // C++0x [meta.rel]p4:
-    //   Given the following function prototype:
-    //
-    //     template <class T>
-    //       typename add_rvalue_reference<T>::type create();
-    //
-    //   the predicate condition for a template specialization
-    //   is_convertible<From, To> shall be satisfied if and only if
-    //   the return expression in the following code would be
-    //   well-formed, including any implicit conversions to the return
-    //   type of the function:
-    //
-    //     To test() {
-    //       return create<From>();
-    //     }
-    //
-    //   Access checking is performed as if in a context unrelated to To and
-    //   From. Only the validity of the immediate context of the expression
-    //   of the return-statement (including conversions to the return type)
-    //   is considered.
-    //
-    // We model the initialization as a copy-initialization of a temporary
-    // of the appropriate type, which for this expression is identical to the
-    // return statement (since NRVO doesn't apply).
-
-    // Functions aren't allowed to return function or array types.
-    if (RhsT->isFunctionType() || RhsT->isArrayType())
-      return false;
-
-    // A return statement in a void function must have void type.
-    if (RhsT->isVoidType())
-      return LhsT->isVoidType();
-
-    // A function definition requires a complete, non-abstract return type.
-    if (!Self.isCompleteType(KeyLoc, RhsT) || Self.isAbstractType(KeyLoc, RhsT))
-      return false;
-
-    // Compute the result of add_rvalue_reference.
-    if (LhsT->isObjectType() || LhsT->isFunctionType())
-      LhsT = Self.Context.getRValueReferenceType(LhsT);
-
-    // Build a fake source and destination for initialization.
-    InitializedEntity To(InitializedEntity::InitializeTemporary(RhsT));
-    OpaqueValueExpr From(KeyLoc, LhsT.getNonLValueExprType(Self.Context),
-                         Expr::getValueKindForType(LhsT));
-    Expr *FromPtr = &From;
-    InitializationKind Kind(InitializationKind::CreateCopy(KeyLoc,
-                                                           SourceLocation()));
-
-    // Perform the initialization in an unevaluated context within a SFINAE
-    // trap at translation unit scope.
-    EnterExpressionEvaluationContext Unevaluated(
-        Self, Sema::ExpressionEvaluationContext::Unevaluated);
-    Sema::SFINAETrap SFINAE(Self, /*AccessCheckingSFINAE=*/true);
-    Sema::ContextRAII TUContext(Self, Self.Context.getTranslationUnitDecl());
-    InitializationSequence Init(Self, To, Kind, FromPtr);
-    if (Init.Failed())
-      return false;
-
-    ExprResult Result = Init.Perform(Self, To, Kind, FromPtr);
-    return !Result.isInvalid() && !SFINAE.hasErrorOccurred();
-  }
-
-  case BTT_IsAssignable:
-  case BTT_IsNothrowAssignable:
-  case BTT_IsTriviallyAssignable: {
-    // C++11 [meta.unary.prop]p3:
-    //   is_trivially_assignable is defined as:
-    //     is_assignable<T, U>::value is true and the assignment, as defined by
-    //     is_assignable, is known to call no operation that is not trivial
-    //
-    //   is_assignable is defined as:
-    //     The expression declval<T>() = declval<U>() is well-formed when
-    //     treated as an unevaluated operand (Clause 5).
-    //
-    //   For both, T and U shall be complete types, (possibly cv-qualified)
-    //   void, or arrays of unknown bound.
-    if (!LhsT->isVoidType() && !LhsT->isIncompleteArrayType() &&
-        Self.RequireCompleteType(KeyLoc, LhsT,
-          diag::err_incomplete_type_used_in_type_trait_expr))
-      return false;
-    if (!RhsT->isVoidType() && !RhsT->isIncompleteArrayType() &&
-        Self.RequireCompleteType(KeyLoc, RhsT,
-          diag::err_incomplete_type_used_in_type_trait_expr))
-      return false;
-
-    // cv void is never assignable.
-    if (LhsT->isVoidType() || RhsT->isVoidType())
-      return false;
-
-    // Build expressions that emulate the effect of declval<T>() and
-    // declval<U>().
-    if (LhsT->isObjectType() || LhsT->isFunctionType())
-      LhsT = Self.Context.getRValueReferenceType(LhsT);
-    if (RhsT->isObjectType() || RhsT->isFunctionType())
-      RhsT = Self.Context.getRValueReferenceType(RhsT);
-    OpaqueValueExpr Lhs(KeyLoc, LhsT.getNonLValueExprType(Self.Context),
-                        Expr::getValueKindForType(LhsT));
-    OpaqueValueExpr Rhs(KeyLoc, RhsT.getNonLValueExprType(Self.Context),
-                        Expr::getValueKindForType(RhsT));
-
-    // Attempt the assignment in an unevaluated context within a SFINAE
-    // trap at translation unit scope.
-    EnterExpressionEvaluationContext Unevaluated(
-        Self, Sema::ExpressionEvaluationContext::Unevaluated);
-    Sema::SFINAETrap SFINAE(Self, /*AccessCheckingSFINAE=*/true);
-    Sema::ContextRAII TUContext(Self, Self.Context.getTranslationUnitDecl());
-    ExprResult Result = Self.BuildBinOp(/*S=*/nullptr, KeyLoc, BO_Assign, &Lhs,
-                                        &Rhs);
-    if (Result.isInvalid() || SFINAE.hasErrorOccurred())
-      return false;
-
-    if (BTT == BTT_IsAssignable)
-      return true;
-
-    if (BTT == BTT_IsNothrowAssignable)
-      return Self.canThrow(Result.get()) == CT_Cannot;
-
-    if (BTT == BTT_IsTriviallyAssignable) {
-      // Under Objective-C ARC and Weak, if the destination has non-trivial
-      // Objective-C lifetime, this is a non-trivial assignment.
-      if (LhsT.getNonReferenceType().hasNonTrivialObjCLifetime())
-        return false;
-
-      return !Result.get()->hasNonTrivialCall(Self.Context);
-    }
-
-    llvm_unreachable("unhandled type trait");
-    return false;
-  }
-    default: llvm_unreachable("not a BTT");
-  }
-  llvm_unreachable("Unknown type trait or not implemented");
-}
-
-ExprResult Sema::ActOnArrayTypeTrait(ArrayTypeTrait ATT,
-                                     SourceLocation KWLoc,
-                                     ParsedType Ty,
-                                     Expr* DimExpr,
-                                     SourceLocation RParen) {
-  TypeSourceInfo *TSInfo;
-  QualType T = GetTypeFromParser(Ty, &TSInfo);
-  if (!TSInfo)
-    TSInfo = Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T);
-
-  return BuildArrayTypeTrait(ATT, KWLoc, TSInfo, DimExpr, RParen);
-}
-
-static uint64_t EvaluateArrayTypeTrait(Sema &Self, ArrayTypeTrait ATT,
-                                           QualType T, Expr *DimExpr,
-                                           SourceLocation KeyLoc) {
-  assert(!T->isDependentType() && "Cannot evaluate traits of dependent type");
-
-  switch(ATT) {
-  case ATT_ArrayRank:
-    if (T->isArrayType()) {
-      unsigned Dim = 0;
-      while (const ArrayType *AT = Self.Context.getAsArrayType(T)) {
-        ++Dim;
-        T = AT->getElementType();
-      }
-      return Dim;
-    }
-    return 0;
-
-  case ATT_ArrayExtent: {
-    llvm::APSInt Value;
-    uint64_t Dim;
-    if (Self.VerifyIntegerConstantExpression(DimExpr, &Value,
-          diag::err_dimension_expr_not_constant_integer,
-          false).isInvalid())
-      return 0;
-    if (Value.isSigned() && Value.isNegative()) {
-      Self.Diag(KeyLoc, diag::err_dimension_expr_not_constant_integer)
-        << DimExpr->getSourceRange();
-      return 0;
-    }
-    Dim = Value.getLimitedValue();
-
-    if (T->isArrayType()) {
-      unsigned D = 0;
-      bool Matched = false;
-      while (const ArrayType *AT = Self.Context.getAsArrayType(T)) {
-        if (Dim == D) {
-          Matched = true;
-          break;
-        }
-        ++D;
-        T = AT->getElementType();
-      }
-
-      if (Matched && T->isArrayType()) {
-        if (const ConstantArrayType *CAT = Self.Context.getAsConstantArrayType(T))
-          return CAT->getSize().getLimitedValue();
-      }
-    }
-    return 0;
-  }
-  }
-  llvm_unreachable("Unknown type trait or not implemented");
-}
-
-ExprResult Sema::BuildArrayTypeTrait(ArrayTypeTrait ATT,
-                                     SourceLocation KWLoc,
-                                     TypeSourceInfo *TSInfo,
-                                     Expr* DimExpr,
-                                     SourceLocation RParen) {
-  QualType T = TSInfo->getType();
-
-  // FIXME: This should likely be tracked as an APInt to remove any host
-  // assumptions about the width of size_t on the target.
-  uint64_t Value = 0;
-  if (!T->isDependentType())
-    Value = EvaluateArrayTypeTrait(*this, ATT, T, DimExpr, KWLoc);
-
-  // While the specification for these traits from the Embarcadero C++
-  // compiler's documentation says the return type is 'unsigned int', Clang
-  // returns 'size_t'. On Windows, the primary platform for the Embarcadero
-  // compiler, there is no difference. On several other platforms this is an
-  // important distinction.
-  return new (Context) ArrayTypeTraitExpr(KWLoc, ATT, TSInfo, Value, DimExpr,
-                                          RParen, Context.getSizeType());
-}
-
-ExprResult Sema::ActOnExpressionTrait(ExpressionTrait ET,
-                                      SourceLocation KWLoc,
-                                      Expr *Queried,
-                                      SourceLocation RParen) {
-  // If error parsing the expression, ignore.
-  if (!Queried)
-    return ExprError();
-
-  ExprResult Result = BuildExpressionTrait(ET, KWLoc, Queried, RParen);
-
-  return Result;
-}
-
-static bool EvaluateExpressionTrait(ExpressionTrait ET, Expr *E) {
-  switch (ET) {
-  case ET_IsLValueExpr: return E->isLValue();
-  case ET_IsRValueExpr: return E->isRValue();
-  }
-  llvm_unreachable("Expression trait not covered by switch");
-}
-
-ExprResult Sema::BuildExpressionTrait(ExpressionTrait ET,
-                                      SourceLocation KWLoc,
-                                      Expr *Queried,
-                                      SourceLocation RParen) {
-  if (Queried->isTypeDependent()) {
-    // Delay type-checking for type-dependent expressions.
-  } else if (Queried->getType()->isPlaceholderType()) {
-    ExprResult PE = CheckPlaceholderExpr(Queried);
-    if (PE.isInvalid()) return ExprError();
-    return BuildExpressionTrait(ET, KWLoc, PE.get(), RParen);
-  }
-
-  bool Value = EvaluateExpressionTrait(ET, Queried);
-
-  return new (Context)
-      ExpressionTraitExpr(KWLoc, ET, Queried, Value, RParen, Context.BoolTy);
-}
-
-QualType Sema::CheckPointerToMemberOperands(ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS,
-                                            ExprValueKind &VK,
-                                            SourceLocation Loc,
-                                            bool isIndirect) {
-  assert(!LHS.get()->getType()->isPlaceholderType() &&
-         !RHS.get()->getType()->isPlaceholderType() &&
-         "placeholders should have been weeded out by now");
-
-  // The LHS undergoes lvalue conversions if this is ->*, and undergoes the
-  // temporary materialization conversion otherwise.
-  if (isIndirect)
-    LHS = DefaultLvalueConversion(LHS.get());
-  else if (LHS.get()->isRValue())
-    LHS = TemporaryMaterializationConversion(LHS.get());
-  if (LHS.isInvalid())
-    return QualType();
-
-  // The RHS always undergoes lvalue conversions.
-  RHS = DefaultLvalueConversion(RHS.get());
-  if (RHS.isInvalid()) return QualType();
-
-  const char *OpSpelling = isIndirect ? "->*" : ".*";
-  // C++ 5.5p2
-  //   The binary operator .* [p3: ->*] binds its second operand, which shall
-  //   be of type "pointer to member of T" (where T is a completely-defined
-  //   class type) [...]
-  QualType RHSType = RHS.get()->getType();
-  const MemberPointerType *MemPtr = RHSType->getAs<MemberPointerType>();
-  if (!MemPtr) {
-    Diag(Loc, diag::err_bad_memptr_rhs)
-      << OpSpelling << RHSType << RHS.get()->getSourceRange();
-    return QualType();
-  }
-
-  QualType Class(MemPtr->getClass(), 0);
-
-  // Note: C++ [expr.mptr.oper]p2-3 says that the class type into which the
-  // member pointer points must be completely-defined. However, there is no
-  // reason for this semantic distinction, and the rule is not enforced by
-  // other compilers. Therefore, we do not check this property, as it is
-  // likely to be considered a defect.
-
-  // C++ 5.5p2
-  //   [...] to its first operand, which shall be of class T or of a class of
-  //   which T is an unambiguous and accessible base class. [p3: a pointer to
-  //   such a class]
-  QualType LHSType = LHS.get()->getType();
-  if (isIndirect) {
-    if (const PointerType *Ptr = LHSType->getAs<PointerType>())
-      LHSType = Ptr->getPointeeType();
-    else {
-      Diag(Loc, diag::err_bad_memptr_lhs)
-        << OpSpelling << 1 << LHSType
-        << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(SourceRange(Loc), ".*");
-      return QualType();
-    }
-  }
-
-  if (!Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(Class, LHSType)) {
-    // If we want to check the hierarchy, we need a complete type.
-    if (RequireCompleteType(Loc, LHSType, diag::err_bad_memptr_lhs,
-                            OpSpelling, (int)isIndirect)) {
-      return QualType();
-    }
-
-    if (!IsDerivedFrom(Loc, LHSType, Class)) {
-      Diag(Loc, diag::err_bad_memptr_lhs) << OpSpelling
-        << (int)isIndirect << LHS.get()->getType();
-      return QualType();
-    }
-
-    CXXCastPath BasePath;
-    if (CheckDerivedToBaseConversion(
-            LHSType, Class, Loc,
-            SourceRange(LHS.get()->getBeginLoc(), RHS.get()->getEndLoc()),
-            &BasePath))
-      return QualType();
-
-    // Cast LHS to type of use.
-    QualType UseType = Context.getQualifiedType(Class, LHSType.getQualifiers());
-    if (isIndirect)
-      UseType = Context.getPointerType(UseType);
-    ExprValueKind VK = isIndirect ? VK_RValue : LHS.get()->getValueKind();
-    LHS = ImpCastExprToType(LHS.get(), UseType, CK_DerivedToBase, VK,
-                            &BasePath);
-  }
-
-  if (isa<CXXScalarValueInitExpr>(RHS.get()->IgnoreParens())) {
-    // Diagnose use of pointer-to-member type which when used as
-    // the functional cast in a pointer-to-member expression.
-    Diag(Loc, diag::err_pointer_to_member_type) << isIndirect;
-     return QualType();
-  }
-
-  // C++ 5.5p2
-  //   The result is an object or a function of the type specified by the
-  //   second operand.
-  // The cv qualifiers are the union of those in the pointer and the left side,
-  // in accordance with 5.5p5 and 5.2.5.
-  QualType Result = MemPtr->getPointeeType();
-  Result = Context.getCVRQualifiedType(Result, LHSType.getCVRQualifiers());
-
-  // C++0x [expr.mptr.oper]p6:
-  //   In a .* expression whose object expression is an rvalue, the program is
-  //   ill-formed if the second operand is a pointer to member function with
-  //   ref-qualifier &. In a ->* expression or in a .* expression whose object
-  //   expression is an lvalue, the program is ill-formed if the second operand
-  //   is a pointer to member function with ref-qualifier &&.
-  if (const FunctionProtoType *Proto = Result->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()) {
-    switch (Proto->getRefQualifier()) {
-    case RQ_None:
-      // Do nothing
-      break;
-
-    case RQ_LValue:
-      if (!isIndirect && !LHS.get()->Classify(Context).isLValue()) {
-        // C++2a allows functions with ref-qualifier & if their cv-qualifier-seq
-        // is (exactly) 'const'.
-        if (Proto->isConst() && !Proto->isVolatile())
-          Diag(Loc, getLangOpts().CPlusPlus2a
-                        ? diag::warn_cxx17_compat_pointer_to_const_ref_member_on_rvalue
-                        : diag::ext_pointer_to_const_ref_member_on_rvalue);
-        else
-          Diag(Loc, diag::err_pointer_to_member_oper_value_classify)
-              << RHSType << 1 << LHS.get()->getSourceRange();
-      }
-      break;
-
-    case RQ_RValue:
-      if (isIndirect || !LHS.get()->Classify(Context).isRValue())
-        Diag(Loc, diag::err_pointer_to_member_oper_value_classify)
-          << RHSType << 0 << LHS.get()->getSourceRange();
-      break;
-    }
-  }
-
-  // C++ [expr.mptr.oper]p6:
-  //   The result of a .* expression whose second operand is a pointer
-  //   to a data member is of the same value category as its
-  //   first operand. The result of a .* expression whose second
-  //   operand is a pointer to a member function is a prvalue. The
-  //   result of an ->* expression is an lvalue if its second operand
-  //   is a pointer to data member and a prvalue otherwise.
-  if (Result->isFunctionType()) {
-    VK = VK_RValue;
-    return Context.BoundMemberTy;
-  } else if (isIndirect) {
-    VK = VK_LValue;
-  } else {
-    VK = LHS.get()->getValueKind();
-  }
-
-  return Result;
-}
-
-/// Try to convert a type to another according to C++11 5.16p3.
-///
-/// This is part of the parameter validation for the ? operator. If either
-/// value operand is a class type, the two operands are attempted to be
-/// converted to each other. This function does the conversion in one direction.
-/// It returns true if the program is ill-formed and has already been diagnosed
-/// as such.
-static bool TryClassUnification(Sema &Self, Expr *From, Expr *To,
-                                SourceLocation QuestionLoc,
-                                bool &HaveConversion,
-                                QualType &ToType) {
-  HaveConversion = false;
-  ToType = To->getType();
-
-  InitializationKind Kind =
-      InitializationKind::CreateCopy(To->getBeginLoc(), SourceLocation());
-  // C++11 5.16p3
-  //   The process for determining whether an operand expression E1 of type T1
-  //   can be converted to match an operand expression E2 of type T2 is defined
-  //   as follows:
-  //   -- If E2 is an lvalue: E1 can be converted to match E2 if E1 can be
-  //      implicitly converted to type "lvalue reference to T2", subject to the
-  //      constraint that in the conversion the reference must bind directly to
-  //      an lvalue.
-  //   -- If E2 is an xvalue: E1 can be converted to match E2 if E1 can be
-  //      implicitly converted to the type "rvalue reference to R2", subject to
-  //      the constraint that the reference must bind directly.
-  if (To->isLValue() || To->isXValue()) {
-    QualType T = To->isLValue() ? Self.Context.getLValueReferenceType(ToType)
-                                : Self.Context.getRValueReferenceType(ToType);
-
-    InitializedEntity Entity = InitializedEntity::InitializeTemporary(T);
-
-    InitializationSequence InitSeq(Self, Entity, Kind, From);
-    if (InitSeq.isDirectReferenceBinding()) {
-      ToType = T;
-      HaveConversion = true;
-      return false;
-    }
-
-    if (InitSeq.isAmbiguous())
-      return InitSeq.Diagnose(Self, Entity, Kind, From);
-  }
-
-  //   -- If E2 is an rvalue, or if the conversion above cannot be done:
-  //      -- if E1 and E2 have class type, and the underlying class types are
-  //         the same or one is a base class of the other:
-  QualType FTy = From->getType();
-  QualType TTy = To->getType();
-  const RecordType *FRec = FTy->getAs<RecordType>();
-  const RecordType *TRec = TTy->getAs<RecordType>();
-  bool FDerivedFromT = FRec && TRec && FRec != TRec &&
-                       Self.IsDerivedFrom(QuestionLoc, FTy, TTy);
-  if (FRec && TRec && (FRec == TRec || FDerivedFromT ||
-                       Self.IsDerivedFrom(QuestionLoc, TTy, FTy))) {
-    //         E1 can be converted to match E2 if the class of T2 is the
-    //         same type as, or a base class of, the class of T1, and
-    //         [cv2 > cv1].
-    if (FRec == TRec || FDerivedFromT) {
-      if (TTy.isAtLeastAsQualifiedAs(FTy)) {
-        InitializedEntity Entity = InitializedEntity::InitializeTemporary(TTy);
-        InitializationSequence InitSeq(Self, Entity, Kind, From);
-        if (InitSeq) {
-          HaveConversion = true;
-          return false;
-        }
-
-        if (InitSeq.isAmbiguous())
-          return InitSeq.Diagnose(Self, Entity, Kind, From);
-      }
-    }
-
-    return false;
-  }
-
-  //     -- Otherwise: E1 can be converted to match E2 if E1 can be
-  //        implicitly converted to the type that expression E2 would have
-  //        if E2 were converted to an rvalue (or the type it has, if E2 is
-  //        an rvalue).
-  //
-  // This actually refers very narrowly to the lvalue-to-rvalue conversion, not
-  // to the array-to-pointer or function-to-pointer conversions.
-  TTy = TTy.getNonLValueExprType(Self.Context);
-
-  InitializedEntity Entity = InitializedEntity::InitializeTemporary(TTy);
-  InitializationSequence InitSeq(Self, Entity, Kind, From);
-  HaveConversion = !InitSeq.Failed();
-  ToType = TTy;
-  if (InitSeq.isAmbiguous())
-    return InitSeq.Diagnose(Self, Entity, Kind, From);
-
-  return false;
-}
-
-/// Try to find a common type for two according to C++0x 5.16p5.
-///
-/// This is part of the parameter validation for the ? operator. If either
-/// value operand is a class type, overload resolution is used to find a
-/// conversion to a common type.
-static bool FindConditionalOverload(Sema &Self, ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS,
-                                    SourceLocation QuestionLoc) {
-  Expr *Args[2] = { LHS.get(), RHS.get() };
-  OverloadCandidateSet CandidateSet(QuestionLoc,
-                                    OverloadCandidateSet::CSK_Operator);
-  Self.AddBuiltinOperatorCandidates(OO_Conditional, QuestionLoc, Args,
-                                    CandidateSet);
-
-  OverloadCandidateSet::iterator Best;
-  switch (CandidateSet.BestViableFunction(Self, QuestionLoc, Best)) {
-    case OR_Success: {
-      // We found a match. Perform the conversions on the arguments and move on.
-      ExprResult LHSRes = Self.PerformImplicitConversion(
-          LHS.get(), Best->BuiltinParamTypes[0], Best->Conversions[0],
-          Sema::AA_Converting);
-      if (LHSRes.isInvalid())
-        break;
-      LHS = LHSRes;
-
-      ExprResult RHSRes = Self.PerformImplicitConversion(
-          RHS.get(), Best->BuiltinParamTypes[1], Best->Conversions[1],
-          Sema::AA_Converting);
-      if (RHSRes.isInvalid())
-        break;
-      RHS = RHSRes;
-      if (Best->Function)
-        Self.MarkFunctionReferenced(QuestionLoc, Best->Function);
-      return false;
-    }
-
-    case OR_No_Viable_Function:
-
-      // Emit a better diagnostic if one of the expressions is a null pointer
-      // constant and the other is a pointer type. In this case, the user most
-      // likely forgot to take the address of the other expression.
-      if (Self.DiagnoseConditionalForNull(LHS.get(), RHS.get(), QuestionLoc))
-        return true;
-
-      Self.Diag(QuestionLoc, diag::err_typecheck_cond_incompatible_operands)
-        << LHS.get()->getType() << RHS.get()->getType()
-        << LHS.get()->getSourceRange() << RHS.get()->getSourceRange();
-      return true;
-
-    case OR_Ambiguous:
-      Self.Diag(QuestionLoc, diag::err_conditional_ambiguous_ovl)
-        << LHS.get()->getType() << RHS.get()->getType()
-        << LHS.get()->getSourceRange() << RHS.get()->getSourceRange();
-      // FIXME: Print the possible common types by printing the return types of
-      // the viable candidates.
-      break;
-
-    case OR_Deleted:
-      llvm_unreachable("Conditional operator has only built-in overloads");
-  }
-  return true;
-}
-
-/// Perform an "extended" implicit conversion as returned by
-/// TryClassUnification.
-static bool ConvertForConditional(Sema &Self, ExprResult &E, QualType T) {
-  InitializedEntity Entity = InitializedEntity::InitializeTemporary(T);
-  InitializationKind Kind =
-      InitializationKind::CreateCopy(E.get()->getBeginLoc(), SourceLocation());
-  Expr *Arg = E.get();
-  InitializationSequence InitSeq(Self, Entity, Kind, Arg);
-  ExprResult Result = InitSeq.Perform(Self, Entity, Kind, Arg);
-  if (Result.isInvalid())
-    return true;
-
-  E = Result;
-  return false;
-}
-
-/// Check the operands of ?: under C++ semantics.
-///
-/// See C++ [expr.cond]. Note that LHS is never null, even for the GNU x ?: y
-/// extension. In this case, LHS == Cond. (But they're not aliases.)
-QualType Sema::CXXCheckConditionalOperands(ExprResult &Cond, ExprResult &LHS,
-                                           ExprResult &RHS, ExprValueKind &VK,
-                                           ExprObjectKind &OK,
-                                           SourceLocation QuestionLoc) {
-  // FIXME: Handle C99's complex types, vector types, block pointers and Obj-C++
-  // interface pointers.
-
-  // C++11 [expr.cond]p1
-  //   The first expression is contextually converted to bool.
-  //
-  // FIXME; GCC's vector extension permits the use of a?b:c where the type of
-  //        a is that of a integer vector with the same number of elements and
-  //        size as the vectors of b and c. If one of either b or c is a scalar
-  //        it is implicitly converted to match the type of the vector.
-  //        Otherwise the expression is ill-formed. If both b and c are scalars,
-  //        then b and c are checked and converted to the type of a if possible.
-  //        Unlike the OpenCL ?: operator, the expression is evaluated as
-  //        (a[0] != 0 ? b[0] : c[0], .. , a[n] != 0 ? b[n] : c[n]).
-  if (!Cond.get()->isTypeDependent()) {
-    ExprResult CondRes = CheckCXXBooleanCondition(Cond.get());
-    if (CondRes.isInvalid())
-      return QualType();
-    Cond = CondRes;
-  }
-
-  // Assume r-value.
-  VK = VK_RValue;
-  OK = OK_Ordinary;
-
-  // Either of the arguments dependent?
-  if (LHS.get()->isTypeDependent() || RHS.get()->isTypeDependent())
-    return Context.DependentTy;
-
-  // C++11 [expr.cond]p2
-  //   If either the second or the third operand has type (cv) void, ...
-  QualType LTy = LHS.get()->getType();
-  QualType RTy = RHS.get()->getType();
-  bool LVoid = LTy->isVoidType();
-  bool RVoid = RTy->isVoidType();
-  if (LVoid || RVoid) {
-    //   ... one of the following shall hold:
-    //   -- The second or the third operand (but not both) is a (possibly
-    //      parenthesized) throw-expression; the result is of the type
-    //      and value category of the other.
-    bool LThrow = isa<CXXThrowExpr>(LHS.get()->IgnoreParenImpCasts());
-    bool RThrow = isa<CXXThrowExpr>(RHS.get()->IgnoreParenImpCasts());
-    if (LThrow != RThrow) {
-      Expr *NonThrow = LThrow ? RHS.get() : LHS.get();
-      VK = NonThrow->getValueKind();
-      // DR (no number yet): the result is a bit-field if the
-      // non-throw-expression operand is a bit-field.
-      OK = NonThrow->getObjectKind();
-      return NonThrow->getType();
-    }
-
-    //   -- Both the second and third operands have type void; the result is of
-    //      type void and is a prvalue.
-    if (LVoid && RVoid)
-      return Context.VoidTy;
-
-    // Neither holds, error.
-    Diag(QuestionLoc, diag::err_conditional_void_nonvoid)
-      << (LVoid ? RTy : LTy) << (LVoid ? 0 : 1)
-      << LHS.get()->getSourceRange() << RHS.get()->getSourceRange();
-    return QualType();
-  }
-
-  // Neither is void.
-
-  // C++11 [expr.cond]p3
-  //   Otherwise, if the second and third operand have different types, and
-  //   either has (cv) class type [...] an attempt is made to convert each of
-  //   those operands to the type of the other.
-  if (!Context.hasSameType(LTy, RTy) &&
-      (LTy->isRecordType() || RTy->isRecordType())) {
-    // These return true if a single direction is already ambiguous.
-    QualType L2RType, R2LType;
-    bool HaveL2R, HaveR2L;
-    if (TryClassUnification(*this, LHS.get(), RHS.get(), QuestionLoc, HaveL2R, L2RType))
-      return QualType();
-    if (TryClassUnification(*this, RHS.get(), LHS.get(), QuestionLoc, HaveR2L, R2LType))
-      return QualType();
-
-    //   If both can be converted, [...] the program is ill-formed.
-    if (HaveL2R && HaveR2L) {
-      Diag(QuestionLoc, diag::err_conditional_ambiguous)
-        << LTy << RTy << LHS.get()->getSourceRange() << RHS.get()->getSourceRange();
-      return QualType();
-    }
-
-    //   If exactly one conversion is possible, that conversion is applied to
-    //   the chosen operand and the converted operands are used in place of the
-    //   original operands for the remainder of this section.
-    if (HaveL2R) {
-      if (ConvertForConditional(*this, LHS, L2RType) || LHS.isInvalid())
-        return QualType();
-      LTy = LHS.get()->getType();
-    } else if (HaveR2L) {
-      if (ConvertForConditional(*this, RHS, R2LType) || RHS.isInvalid())
-        return QualType();
-      RTy = RHS.get()->getType();
-    }
-  }
-
-  // C++11 [expr.cond]p3
-  //   if both are glvalues of the same value category and the same type except
-  //   for cv-qualification, an attempt is made to convert each of those
-  //   operands to the type of the other.
-  // FIXME:
-  //   Resolving a defect in P0012R1: we extend this to cover all cases where
-  //   one of the operands is reference-compatible with the other, in order
-  //   to support conditionals between functions differing in noexcept.
-  ExprValueKind LVK = LHS.get()->getValueKind();
-  ExprValueKind RVK = RHS.get()->getValueKind();
-  if (!Context.hasSameType(LTy, RTy) &&
-      LVK == RVK && LVK != VK_RValue) {
-    // DerivedToBase was already handled by the class-specific case above.
-    // FIXME: Should we allow ObjC conversions here?
-    bool DerivedToBase, ObjCConversion, ObjCLifetimeConversion;
-    if (CompareReferenceRelationship(
-            QuestionLoc, LTy, RTy, DerivedToBase,
-            ObjCConversion, ObjCLifetimeConversion) == Ref_Compatible &&
-        !DerivedToBase && !ObjCConversion && !ObjCLifetimeConversion &&
-        // [...] subject to the constraint that the reference must bind
-        // directly [...]
-        !RHS.get()->refersToBitField() &&
-        !RHS.get()->refersToVectorElement()) {
-      RHS = ImpCastExprToType(RHS.get(), LTy, CK_NoOp, RVK);
-      RTy = RHS.get()->getType();
-    } else if (CompareReferenceRelationship(
-                   QuestionLoc, RTy, LTy, DerivedToBase,
-                   ObjCConversion, ObjCLifetimeConversion) == Ref_Compatible &&
-               !DerivedToBase && !ObjCConversion && !ObjCLifetimeConversion &&
-               !LHS.get()->refersToBitField() &&
-               !LHS.get()->refersToVectorElement()) {
-      LHS = ImpCastExprToType(LHS.get(), RTy, CK_NoOp, LVK);
-      LTy = LHS.get()->getType();
-    }
-  }
-
-  // C++11 [expr.cond]p4
-  //   If the second and third operands are glvalues of the same value
-  //   category and have the same type, the result is of that type and
-  //   value category and it is a bit-field if the second or the third
-  //   operand is a bit-field, or if both are bit-fields.
-  // We only extend this to bitfields, not to the crazy other kinds of
-  // l-values.
-  bool Same = Context.hasSameType(LTy, RTy);
-  if (Same && LVK == RVK && LVK != VK_RValue &&
-      LHS.get()->isOrdinaryOrBitFieldObject() &&
-      RHS.get()->isOrdinaryOrBitFieldObject()) {
-    VK = LHS.get()->getValueKind();
-    if (LHS.get()->getObjectKind() == OK_BitField ||
-        RHS.get()->getObjectKind() == OK_BitField)
-      OK = OK_BitField;
-
-    // If we have function pointer types, unify them anyway to unify their
-    // exception specifications, if any.
-    if (LTy->isFunctionPointerType() || LTy->isMemberFunctionPointerType()) {
-      Qualifiers Qs = LTy.getQualifiers();
-      LTy = FindCompositePointerType(QuestionLoc, LHS, RHS,
-                                     /*ConvertArgs*/false);
-      LTy = Context.getQualifiedType(LTy, Qs);
-
-      assert(!LTy.isNull() && "failed to find composite pointer type for "
-                              "canonically equivalent function ptr types");
-      assert(Context.hasSameType(LTy, RTy) && "bad composite pointer type");
-    }
-
-    return LTy;
-  }
-
-  // C++11 [expr.cond]p5
-  //   Otherwise, the result is a prvalue. If the second and third operands
-  //   do not have the same type, and either has (cv) class type, ...
-  if (!Same && (LTy->isRecordType() || RTy->isRecordType())) {
-    //   ... overload resolution is used to determine the conversions (if any)
-    //   to be applied to the operands. If the overload resolution fails, the
-    //   program is ill-formed.
-    if (FindConditionalOverload(*this, LHS, RHS, QuestionLoc))
-      return QualType();
-  }
-
-  // C++11 [expr.cond]p6
-  //   Lvalue-to-rvalue, array-to-pointer, and function-to-pointer standard
-  //   conversions are performed on the second and third operands.
-  LHS = DefaultFunctionArrayLvalueConversion(LHS.get());
-  RHS = DefaultFunctionArrayLvalueConversion(RHS.get());
-  if (LHS.isInvalid() || RHS.isInvalid())
-    return QualType();
-  LTy = LHS.get()->getType();
-  RTy = RHS.get()->getType();
-
-  //   After those conversions, one of the following shall hold:
-  //   -- The second and third operands have the same type; the result
-  //      is of that type. If the operands have class type, the result
-  //      is a prvalue temporary of the result type, which is
-  //      copy-initialized from either the second operand or the third
-  //      operand depending on the value of the first operand.
-  if (Context.getCanonicalType(LTy) == Context.getCanonicalType(RTy)) {
-    if (LTy->isRecordType()) {
-      // The operands have class type. Make a temporary copy.
-      InitializedEntity Entity = InitializedEntity::InitializeTemporary(LTy);
-
-      ExprResult LHSCopy = PerformCopyInitialization(Entity,
-                                                     SourceLocation(),
-                                                     LHS);
-      if (LHSCopy.isInvalid())
-        return QualType();
-
-      ExprResult RHSCopy = PerformCopyInitialization(Entity,
-                                                     SourceLocation(),
-                                                     RHS);
-      if (RHSCopy.isInvalid())
-        return QualType();
-
-      LHS = LHSCopy;
-      RHS = RHSCopy;
-    }
-
-    // If we have function pointer types, unify them anyway to unify their
-    // exception specifications, if any.
-    if (LTy->isFunctionPointerType() || LTy->isMemberFunctionPointerType()) {
-      LTy = FindCompositePointerType(QuestionLoc, LHS, RHS);
-      assert(!LTy.isNull() && "failed to find composite pointer type for "
-                              "canonically equivalent function ptr types");
-    }
-
-    return LTy;
-  }
-
-  // Extension: conditional operator involving vector types.
-  if (LTy->isVectorType() || RTy->isVectorType())
-    return CheckVectorOperands(LHS, RHS, QuestionLoc, /*isCompAssign*/false,
-                               /*AllowBothBool*/true,
-                               /*AllowBoolConversions*/false);
-
-  //   -- The second and third operands have arithmetic or enumeration type;
-  //      the usual arithmetic conversions are performed to bring them to a
-  //      common type, and the result is of that type.
-  if (LTy->isArithmeticType() && RTy->isArithmeticType()) {
-    QualType ResTy = UsualArithmeticConversions(LHS, RHS);
-    if (LHS.isInvalid() || RHS.isInvalid())
-      return QualType();
-    if (ResTy.isNull()) {
-      Diag(QuestionLoc,
-           diag::err_typecheck_cond_incompatible_operands) << LTy << RTy
-        << LHS.get()->getSourceRange() << RHS.get()->getSourceRange();
-      return QualType();
-    }
-
-    LHS = ImpCastExprToType(LHS.get(), ResTy, PrepareScalarCast(LHS, ResTy));
-    RHS = ImpCastExprToType(RHS.get(), ResTy, PrepareScalarCast(RHS, ResTy));
-
-    return ResTy;
-  }
-
-  //   -- The second and third operands have pointer type, or one has pointer
-  //      type and the other is a null pointer constant, or both are null
-  //      pointer constants, at least one of which is non-integral; pointer
-  //      conversions and qualification conversions are performed to bring them
-  //      to their composite pointer type. The result is of the composite
-  //      pointer type.
-  //   -- The second and third operands have pointer to member type, or one has
-  //      pointer to member type and the other is a null pointer constant;
-  //      pointer to member conversions and qualification conversions are
-  //      performed to bring them to a common type, whose cv-qualification
-  //      shall match the cv-qualification of either the second or the third
-  //      operand. The result is of the common type.
-  QualType Composite = FindCompositePointerType(QuestionLoc, LHS, RHS);
-  if (!Composite.isNull())
-    return Composite;
-
-  // Similarly, attempt to find composite type of two objective-c pointers.
-  Composite = FindCompositeObjCPointerType(LHS, RHS, QuestionLoc);
-  if (!Composite.isNull())
-    return Composite;
-
-  // Check if we are using a null with a non-pointer type.
-  if (DiagnoseConditionalForNull(LHS.get(), RHS.get(), QuestionLoc))
-    return QualType();
-
-  Diag(QuestionLoc, diag::err_typecheck_cond_incompatible_operands)
-    << LHS.get()->getType() << RHS.get()->getType()
-    << LHS.get()->getSourceRange() << RHS.get()->getSourceRange();
-  return QualType();
-}
-
-static FunctionProtoType::ExceptionSpecInfo
-mergeExceptionSpecs(Sema &S, FunctionProtoType::ExceptionSpecInfo ESI1,
-                    FunctionProtoType::ExceptionSpecInfo ESI2,
-                    SmallVectorImpl<QualType> &ExceptionTypeStorage) {
-  ExceptionSpecificationType EST1 = ESI1.Type;
-  ExceptionSpecificationType EST2 = ESI2.Type;
-
-  // If either of them can throw anything, that is the result.
-  if (EST1 == EST_None) return ESI1;
-  if (EST2 == EST_None) return ESI2;
-  if (EST1 == EST_MSAny) return ESI1;
-  if (EST2 == EST_MSAny) return ESI2;
-  if (EST1 == EST_NoexceptFalse) return ESI1;
-  if (EST2 == EST_NoexceptFalse) return ESI2;
-
-  // If either of them is non-throwing, the result is the other.
-  if (EST1 == EST_DynamicNone) return ESI2;
-  if (EST2 == EST_DynamicNone) return ESI1;
-  if (EST1 == EST_BasicNoexcept) return ESI2;
-  if (EST2 == EST_BasicNoexcept) return ESI1;
-  if (EST1 == EST_NoexceptTrue) return ESI2;
-  if (EST2 == EST_NoexceptTrue) return ESI1;
-
-  // If we're left with value-dependent computed noexcept expressions, we're
-  // stuck. Before C++17, we can just drop the exception specification entirely,
-  // since it's not actually part of the canonical type. And this should never
-  // happen in C++17, because it would mean we were computing the composite
-  // pointer type of dependent types, which should never happen.
-  if (EST1 == EST_DependentNoexcept || EST2 == EST_DependentNoexcept) {
-    assert(!S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus17 &&
-           "computing composite pointer type of dependent types");
-    return FunctionProtoType::ExceptionSpecInfo();
-  }
-
-  // Switch over the possibilities so that people adding new values know to
-  // update this function.
-  switch (EST1) {
-  case EST_None:
-  case EST_DynamicNone:
-  case EST_MSAny:
-  case EST_BasicNoexcept:
-  case EST_DependentNoexcept:
-  case EST_NoexceptFalse:
-  case EST_NoexceptTrue:
-    llvm_unreachable("handled above");
-
-  case EST_Dynamic: {
-    // This is the fun case: both exception specifications are dynamic. Form
-    // the union of the two lists.
-    assert(EST2 == EST_Dynamic && "other cases should already be handled");
-    llvm::SmallPtrSet<QualType, 8> Found;
-    for (auto &Exceptions : {ESI1.Exceptions, ESI2.Exceptions})
-      for (QualType E : Exceptions)
-        if (Found.insert(S.Context.getCanonicalType(E)).second)
-          ExceptionTypeStorage.push_back(E);
-
-    FunctionProtoType::ExceptionSpecInfo Result(EST_Dynamic);
-    Result.Exceptions = ExceptionTypeStorage;
-    return Result;
-  }
-
-  case EST_Unevaluated:
-  case EST_Uninstantiated:
-  case EST_Unparsed:
-    llvm_unreachable("shouldn't see unresolved exception specifications here");
-  }
-
-  llvm_unreachable("invalid ExceptionSpecificationType");
-}
-
-/// Find a merged pointer type and convert the two expressions to it.
-///
-/// This finds the composite pointer type (or member pointer type) for @p E1
-/// and @p E2 according to C++1z 5p14. It converts both expressions to this
-/// type and returns it.
-/// It does not emit diagnostics.
-///
-/// \param Loc The location of the operator requiring these two expressions to
-/// be converted to the composite pointer type.
-///
-/// \param ConvertArgs If \c false, do not convert E1 and E2 to the target type.
-QualType Sema::FindCompositePointerType(SourceLocation Loc,
-                                        Expr *&E1, Expr *&E2,
-                                        bool ConvertArgs) {
-  assert(getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && "This function assumes C++");
-
-  // C++1z [expr]p14:
-  //   The composite pointer type of two operands p1 and p2 having types T1
-  //   and T2
-  QualType T1 = E1->getType(), T2 = E2->getType();
-
-  //   where at least one is a pointer or pointer to member type or
-  //   std::nullptr_t is:
-  bool T1IsPointerLike = T1->isAnyPointerType() || T1->isMemberPointerType() ||
-                         T1->isNullPtrType();
-  bool T2IsPointerLike = T2->isAnyPointerType() || T2->isMemberPointerType() ||
-                         T2->isNullPtrType();
-  if (!T1IsPointerLike && !T2IsPointerLike)
-    return QualType();
-
-  //   - if both p1 and p2 are null pointer constants, std::nullptr_t;
-  // This can't actually happen, following the standard, but we also use this
-  // to implement the end of [expr.conv], which hits this case.
-  //
-  //   - if either p1 or p2 is a null pointer constant, T2 or T1, respectively;
-  if (T1IsPointerLike &&
-      E2->isNullPointerConstant(Context, Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNull)) {
-    if (ConvertArgs)
-      E2 = ImpCastExprToType(E2, T1, T1->isMemberPointerType()
-                                         ? CK_NullToMemberPointer
-                                         : CK_NullToPointer).get();
-    return T1;
-  }
-  if (T2IsPointerLike &&
-      E1->isNullPointerConstant(Context, Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNull)) {
-    if (ConvertArgs)
-      E1 = ImpCastExprToType(E1, T2, T2->isMemberPointerType()
-                                         ? CK_NullToMemberPointer
-                                         : CK_NullToPointer).get();
-    return T2;
-  }
-
-  // Now both have to be pointers or member pointers.
-  if (!T1IsPointerLike || !T2IsPointerLike)
-    return QualType();
-  assert(!T1->isNullPtrType() && !T2->isNullPtrType() &&
-         "nullptr_t should be a null pointer constant");
-
-  //  - if T1 or T2 is "pointer to cv1 void" and the other type is
-  //    "pointer to cv2 T", "pointer to cv12 void", where cv12 is
-  //    the union of cv1 and cv2;
-  //  - if T1 or T2 is "pointer to noexcept function" and the other type is
-  //    "pointer to function", where the function types are otherwise the same,
-  //    "pointer to function";
-  //     FIXME: This rule is defective: it should also permit removing noexcept
-  //     from a pointer to member function.  As a Clang extension, we also
-  //     permit removing 'noreturn', so we generalize this rule to;
-  //     - [Clang] If T1 and T2 are both of type "pointer to function" or
-  //       "pointer to member function" and the pointee types can be unified
-  //       by a function pointer conversion, that conversion is applied
-  //       before checking the following rules.
-  //  - if T1 is "pointer to cv1 C1" and T2 is "pointer to cv2 C2", where C1
-  //    is reference-related to C2 or C2 is reference-related to C1 (8.6.3),
-  //    the cv-combined type of T1 and T2 or the cv-combined type of T2 and T1,
-  //    respectively;
-  //  - if T1 is "pointer to member of C1 of type cv1 U1" and T2 is "pointer
-  //    to member of C2 of type cv2 U2" where C1 is reference-related to C2 or
-  //    C2 is reference-related to C1 (8.6.3), the cv-combined type of T2 and
-  //    T1 or the cv-combined type of T1 and T2, respectively;
-  //  - if T1 and T2 are similar types (4.5), the cv-combined type of T1 and
-  //    T2;
-  //
-  // If looked at in the right way, these bullets all do the same thing.
-  // What we do here is, we build the two possible cv-combined types, and try
-  // the conversions in both directions. If only one works, or if the two
-  // composite types are the same, we have succeeded.
-  // FIXME: extended qualifiers?
-  //
-  // Note that this will fail to find a composite pointer type for "pointer
-  // to void" and "pointer to function". We can't actually perform the final
-  // conversion in this case, even though a composite pointer type formally
-  // exists.
-  SmallVector<unsigned, 4> QualifierUnion;
-  SmallVector<std::pair<const Type *, const Type *>, 4> MemberOfClass;
-  QualType Composite1 = T1;
-  QualType Composite2 = T2;
-  unsigned NeedConstBefore = 0;
-  while (true) {
-    const PointerType *Ptr1, *Ptr2;
-    if ((Ptr1 = Composite1->getAs<PointerType>()) &&
-        (Ptr2 = Composite2->getAs<PointerType>())) {
-      Composite1 = Ptr1->getPointeeType();
-      Composite2 = Ptr2->getPointeeType();
-
-      // If we're allowed to create a non-standard composite type, keep track
-      // of where we need to fill in additional 'const' qualifiers.
-      if (Composite1.getCVRQualifiers() != Composite2.getCVRQualifiers())
-        NeedConstBefore = QualifierUnion.size();
-
-      QualifierUnion.push_back(
-                 Composite1.getCVRQualifiers() | Composite2.getCVRQualifiers());
-      MemberOfClass.push_back(std::make_pair(nullptr, nullptr));
-      continue;
-    }
-
-    const MemberPointerType *MemPtr1, *MemPtr2;
-    if ((MemPtr1 = Composite1->getAs<MemberPointerType>()) &&
-        (MemPtr2 = Composite2->getAs<MemberPointerType>())) {
-      Composite1 = MemPtr1->getPointeeType();
-      Composite2 = MemPtr2->getPointeeType();
-
-      // If we're allowed to create a non-standard composite type, keep track
-      // of where we need to fill in additional 'const' qualifiers.
-      if (Composite1.getCVRQualifiers() != Composite2.getCVRQualifiers())
-        NeedConstBefore = QualifierUnion.size();
-
-      QualifierUnion.push_back(
-                 Composite1.getCVRQualifiers() | Composite2.getCVRQualifiers());
-      MemberOfClass.push_back(std::make_pair(MemPtr1->getClass(),
-                                             MemPtr2->getClass()));
-      continue;
-    }
-
-    // FIXME: block pointer types?
-
-    // Cannot unwrap any more types.
-    break;
-  }
-
-  // Apply the function pointer conversion to unify the types. We've already
-  // unwrapped down to the function types, and we want to merge rather than
-  // just convert, so do this ourselves rather than calling
-  // IsFunctionConversion.
-  //
-  // FIXME: In order to match the standard wording as closely as possible, we
-  // currently only do this under a single level of pointers. Ideally, we would
-  // allow this in general, and set NeedConstBefore to the relevant depth on
-  // the side(s) where we changed anything.
-  if (QualifierUnion.size() == 1) {
-    if (auto *FPT1 = Composite1->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()) {
-      if (auto *FPT2 = Composite2->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()) {
-        FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo EPI1 = FPT1->getExtProtoInfo();
-        FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo EPI2 = FPT2->getExtProtoInfo();
-
-        // The result is noreturn if both operands are.
-        bool Noreturn =
-            EPI1.ExtInfo.getNoReturn() && EPI2.ExtInfo.getNoReturn();
-        EPI1.ExtInfo = EPI1.ExtInfo.withNoReturn(Noreturn);
-        EPI2.ExtInfo = EPI2.ExtInfo.withNoReturn(Noreturn);
-
-        // The result is nothrow if both operands are.
-        SmallVector<QualType, 8> ExceptionTypeStorage;
-        EPI1.ExceptionSpec = EPI2.ExceptionSpec =
-            mergeExceptionSpecs(*this, EPI1.ExceptionSpec, EPI2.ExceptionSpec,
-                                ExceptionTypeStorage);
-
-        Composite1 = Context.getFunctionType(FPT1->getReturnType(),
-                                             FPT1->getParamTypes(), EPI1);
-        Composite2 = Context.getFunctionType(FPT2->getReturnType(),
-                                             FPT2->getParamTypes(), EPI2);
-      }
-    }
-  }
-
-  if (NeedConstBefore) {
-    // Extension: Add 'const' to qualifiers that come before the first qualifier
-    // mismatch, so that our (non-standard!) composite type meets the
-    // requirements of C++ [conv.qual]p4 bullet 3.
-    for (unsigned I = 0; I != NeedConstBefore; ++I)
-      if ((QualifierUnion[I] & Qualifiers::Const) == 0)
-        QualifierUnion[I] = QualifierUnion[I] | Qualifiers::Const;
-  }
-
-  // Rewrap the composites as pointers or member pointers with the union CVRs.
-  auto MOC = MemberOfClass.rbegin();
-  for (unsigned CVR : llvm::reverse(QualifierUnion)) {
-    Qualifiers Quals = Qualifiers::fromCVRMask(CVR);
-    auto Classes = *MOC++;
-    if (Classes.first && Classes.second) {
-      // Rebuild member pointer type
-      Composite1 = Context.getMemberPointerType(
-          Context.getQualifiedType(Composite1, Quals), Classes.first);
-      Composite2 = Context.getMemberPointerType(
-          Context.getQualifiedType(Composite2, Quals), Classes.second);
-    } else {
-      // Rebuild pointer type
-      Composite1 =
-          Context.getPointerType(Context.getQualifiedType(Composite1, Quals));
-      Composite2 =
-          Context.getPointerType(Context.getQualifiedType(Composite2, Quals));
-    }
-  }
-
-  struct Conversion {
-    Sema &S;
-    Expr *&E1, *&E2;
-    QualType Composite;
-    InitializedEntity Entity;
-    InitializationKind Kind;
-    InitializationSequence E1ToC, E2ToC;
-    bool Viable;
-
-    Conversion(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, Expr *&E1, Expr *&E2,
-               QualType Composite)
-        : S(S), E1(E1), E2(E2), Composite(Composite),
-          Entity(InitializedEntity::InitializeTemporary(Composite)),
-          Kind(InitializationKind::CreateCopy(Loc, SourceLocation())),
-          E1ToC(S, Entity, Kind, E1), E2ToC(S, Entity, Kind, E2),
-          Viable(E1ToC && E2ToC) {}
-
-    bool perform() {
-      ExprResult E1Result = E1ToC.Perform(S, Entity, Kind, E1);
-      if (E1Result.isInvalid())
-        return true;
-      E1 = E1Result.getAs<Expr>();
-
-      ExprResult E2Result = E2ToC.Perform(S, Entity, Kind, E2);
-      if (E2Result.isInvalid())
-        return true;
-      E2 = E2Result.getAs<Expr>();
-
-      return false;
-    }
-  };
-
-  // Try to convert to each composite pointer type.
-  Conversion C1(*this, Loc, E1, E2, Composite1);
-  if (C1.Viable && Context.hasSameType(Composite1, Composite2)) {
-    if (ConvertArgs && C1.perform())
-      return QualType();
-    return C1.Composite;
-  }
-  Conversion C2(*this, Loc, E1, E2, Composite2);
-
-  if (C1.Viable == C2.Viable) {
-    // Either Composite1 and Composite2 are viable and are different, or
-    // neither is viable.
-    // FIXME: How both be viable and different?
-    return QualType();
-  }
-
-  // Convert to the chosen type.
-  if (ConvertArgs && (C1.Viable ? C1 : C2).perform())
-    return QualType();
-
-  return C1.Viable ? C1.Composite : C2.Composite;
-}
-
-ExprResult Sema::MaybeBindToTemporary(Expr *E) {
-  if (!E)
-    return ExprError();
-
-  assert(!isa<CXXBindTemporaryExpr>(E) && "Double-bound temporary?");
-
-  // If the result is a glvalue, we shouldn't bind it.
-  if (!E->isRValue())
-    return E;
-
-  // In ARC, calls that return a retainable type can return retained,
-  // in which case we have to insert a consuming cast.
-  if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount &&
-      E->getType()->isObjCRetainableType()) {
-
-    bool ReturnsRetained;
-
-    // For actual calls, we compute this by examining the type of the
-    // called value.
-    if (CallExpr *Call = dyn_cast<CallExpr>(E)) {
-      Expr *Callee = Call->getCallee()->IgnoreParens();
-      QualType T = Callee->getType();
-
-      if (T == Context.BoundMemberTy) {
-        // Handle pointer-to-members.
-        if (BinaryOperator *BinOp = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(Callee))
-          T = BinOp->getRHS()->getType();
-        else if (MemberExpr *Mem = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(Callee))
-          T = Mem->getMemberDecl()->getType();
-      }
-
-      if (const PointerType *Ptr = T->getAs<PointerType>())
-        T = Ptr->getPointeeType();
-      else if (const BlockPointerType *Ptr = T->getAs<BlockPointerType>())
-        T = Ptr->getPointeeType();
-      else if (const MemberPointerType *MemPtr = T->getAs<MemberPointerType>())
-        T = MemPtr->getPointeeType();
-
-      const FunctionType *FTy = T->getAs<FunctionType>();
-      assert(FTy && "call to value not of function type?");
-      ReturnsRetained = FTy->getExtInfo().getProducesResult();
-
-    // ActOnStmtExpr arranges things so that StmtExprs of retainable
-    // type always produce a +1 object.
-    } else if (isa<StmtExpr>(E)) {
-      ReturnsRetained = true;
-
-    // We hit this case with the lambda conversion-to-block optimization;
-    // we don't want any extra casts here.
-    } else if (isa<CastExpr>(E) &&
-               isa<BlockExpr>(cast<CastExpr>(E)->getSubExpr())) {
-      return E;
-
-    // For message sends and property references, we try to find an
-    // actual method.  FIXME: we should infer retention by selector in
-    // cases where we don't have an actual method.
-    } else {
-      ObjCMethodDecl *D = nullptr;
-      if (ObjCMessageExpr *Send = dyn_cast<ObjCMessageExpr>(E)) {
-        D = Send->getMethodDecl();
-      } else if (ObjCBoxedExpr *BoxedExpr = dyn_cast<ObjCBoxedExpr>(E)) {
-        D = BoxedExpr->getBoxingMethod();
-      } else if (ObjCArrayLiteral *ArrayLit = dyn_cast<ObjCArrayLiteral>(E)) {
-        // Don't do reclaims if we're using the zero-element array
-        // constant.
-        if (ArrayLit->getNumElements() == 0 &&
-            Context.getLangOpts().ObjCRuntime.hasEmptyCollections())
-          return E;
-
-        D = ArrayLit->getArrayWithObjectsMethod();
-      } else if (ObjCDictionaryLiteral *DictLit
-                                        = dyn_cast<ObjCDictionaryLiteral>(E)) {
-        // Don't do reclaims if we're using the zero-element dictionary
-        // constant.
-        if (DictLit->getNumElements() == 0 &&
-            Context.getLangOpts().ObjCRuntime.hasEmptyCollections())
-          return E;
-
-        D = DictLit->getDictWithObjectsMethod();
-      }
-
-      ReturnsRetained = (D && D->hasAttr<NSReturnsRetainedAttr>());
-
-      // Don't do reclaims on performSelector calls; despite their
-      // return type, the invoked method doesn't necessarily actually
-      // return an object.
-      if (!ReturnsRetained &&
-          D && D->getMethodFamily() == OMF_performSelector)
-        return E;
-    }
-
-    // Don't reclaim an object of Class type.
-    if (!ReturnsRetained && E->getType()->isObjCARCImplicitlyUnretainedType())
-      return E;
-
-    Cleanup.setExprNeedsCleanups(true);
-
-    CastKind ck = (ReturnsRetained ? CK_ARCConsumeObject
-                                   : CK_ARCReclaimReturnedObject);
-    return ImplicitCastExpr::Create(Context, E->getType(), ck, E, nullptr,
-                                    VK_RValue);
-  }
-
-  if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
-    return E;
-
-  // Search for the base element type (cf. ASTContext::getBaseElementType) with
-  // a fast path for the common case that the type is directly a RecordType.
-  const Type *T = Context.getCanonicalType(E->getType().getTypePtr());
-  const RecordType *RT = nullptr;
-  while (!RT) {
-    switch (T->getTypeClass()) {
-    case Type::Record:
-      RT = cast<RecordType>(T);
-      break;
-    case Type::ConstantArray:
-    case Type::IncompleteArray:
-    case Type::VariableArray:
-    case Type::DependentSizedArray:
-      T = cast<ArrayType>(T)->getElementType().getTypePtr();
-      break;
-    default:
-      return E;
-    }
-  }
-
-  // That should be enough to guarantee that this type is complete, if we're
-  // not processing a decltype expression.
-  CXXRecordDecl *RD = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RT->getDecl());
-  if (RD->isInvalidDecl() || RD->isDependentContext())
-    return E;
-
-  bool IsDecltype = ExprEvalContexts.back().ExprContext ==
-                    ExpressionEvaluationContextRecord::EK_Decltype;
-  CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor = IsDecltype ? nullptr : LookupDestructor(RD);
-
-  if (Destructor) {
-    MarkFunctionReferenced(E->getExprLoc(), Destructor);
-    CheckDestructorAccess(E->getExprLoc(), Destructor,
-                          PDiag(diag::err_access_dtor_temp)
-                            << E->getType());
-    if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Destructor, E->getExprLoc()))
-      return ExprError();
-
-    // If destructor is trivial, we can avoid the extra copy.
-    if (Destructor->isTrivial())
-      return E;
-
-    // We need a cleanup, but we don't need to remember the temporary.
-    Cleanup.setExprNeedsCleanups(true);
-  }
-
-  CXXTemporary *Temp = CXXTemporary::Create(Context, Destructor);
-  CXXBindTemporaryExpr *Bind = CXXBindTemporaryExpr::Create(Context, Temp, E);
-
-  if (IsDecltype)
-    ExprEvalContexts.back().DelayedDecltypeBinds.push_back(Bind);
-
-  return Bind;
-}
-
-ExprResult
-Sema::MaybeCreateExprWithCleanups(ExprResult SubExpr) {
-  if (SubExpr.isInvalid())
-    return ExprError();
-
-  return MaybeCreateExprWithCleanups(SubExpr.get());
-}
-
-Expr *Sema::MaybeCreateExprWithCleanups(Expr *SubExpr) {
-  assert(SubExpr && "subexpression can't be null!");
-
-  CleanupVarDeclMarking();
-
-  unsigned FirstCleanup = ExprEvalContexts.back().NumCleanupObjects;
-  assert(ExprCleanupObjects.size() >= FirstCleanup);
-  assert(Cleanup.exprNeedsCleanups() ||
-         ExprCleanupObjects.size() == FirstCleanup);
-  if (!Cleanup.exprNeedsCleanups())
-    return SubExpr;
-
-  auto Cleanups = llvm::makeArrayRef(ExprCleanupObjects.begin() + FirstCleanup,
-                                     ExprCleanupObjects.size() - FirstCleanup);
-
-  auto *E = ExprWithCleanups::Create(
-      Context, SubExpr, Cleanup.cleanupsHaveSideEffects(), Cleanups);
-  DiscardCleanupsInEvaluationContext();
-
-  return E;
-}
-
-Stmt *Sema::MaybeCreateStmtWithCleanups(Stmt *SubStmt) {
-  assert(SubStmt && "sub-statement can't be null!");
-
-  CleanupVarDeclMarking();
-
-  if (!Cleanup.exprNeedsCleanups())
-    return SubStmt;
-
-  // FIXME: In order to attach the temporaries, wrap the statement into
-  // a StmtExpr; currently this is only used for asm statements.
-  // This is hacky, either create a new CXXStmtWithTemporaries statement or
-  // a new AsmStmtWithTemporaries.
-  CompoundStmt *CompStmt = CompoundStmt::Create(
-      Context, SubStmt, SourceLocation(), SourceLocation());
-  Expr *E = new (Context) StmtExpr(CompStmt, Context.VoidTy, SourceLocation(),
-                                   SourceLocation());
-  return MaybeCreateExprWithCleanups(E);
-}
-
-/// Process the expression contained within a decltype. For such expressions,
-/// certain semantic checks on temporaries are delayed until this point, and
-/// are omitted for the 'topmost' call in the decltype expression. If the
-/// topmost call bound a temporary, strip that temporary off the expression.
-ExprResult Sema::ActOnDecltypeExpression(Expr *E) {
-  assert(ExprEvalContexts.back().ExprContext ==
-             ExpressionEvaluationContextRecord::EK_Decltype &&
-         "not in a decltype expression");
-
-  ExprResult Result = CheckPlaceholderExpr(E);
-  if (Result.isInvalid())
-    return ExprError();
-  E = Result.get();
-
-  // C++11 [expr.call]p11:
-  //   If a function call is a prvalue of object type,
-  // -- if the function call is either
-  //   -- the operand of a decltype-specifier, or
-  //   -- the right operand of a comma operator that is the operand of a
-  //      decltype-specifier,
-  //   a temporary object is not introduced for the prvalue.
-
-  // Recursively rebuild ParenExprs and comma expressions to strip out the
-  // outermost CXXBindTemporaryExpr, if any.
-  if (ParenExpr *PE = dyn_cast<ParenExpr>(E)) {
-    ExprResult SubExpr = ActOnDecltypeExpression(PE->getSubExpr());
-    if (SubExpr.isInvalid())
-      return ExprError();
-    if (SubExpr.get() == PE->getSubExpr())
-      return E;
-    return ActOnParenExpr(PE->getLParen(), PE->getRParen(), SubExpr.get());
-  }
-  if (BinaryOperator *BO = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(E)) {
-    if (BO->getOpcode() == BO_Comma) {
-      ExprResult RHS = ActOnDecltypeExpression(BO->getRHS());
-      if (RHS.isInvalid())
-        return ExprError();
-      if (RHS.get() == BO->getRHS())
-        return E;
-      return new (Context) BinaryOperator(
-          BO->getLHS(), RHS.get(), BO_Comma, BO->getType(), BO->getValueKind(),
-          BO->getObjectKind(), BO->getOperatorLoc(), BO->getFPFeatures());
-    }
-  }
-
-  CXXBindTemporaryExpr *TopBind = dyn_cast<CXXBindTemporaryExpr>(E);
-  CallExpr *TopCall = TopBind ? dyn_cast<CallExpr>(TopBind->getSubExpr())
-                              : nullptr;
-  if (TopCall)
-    E = TopCall;
-  else
-    TopBind = nullptr;
-
-  // Disable the special decltype handling now.
-  ExprEvalContexts.back().ExprContext =
-      ExpressionEvaluationContextRecord::EK_Other;
-
-  // In MS mode, don't perform any extra checking of call return types within a
-  // decltype expression.
-  if (getLangOpts().MSVCCompat)
-    return E;
-
-  // Perform the semantic checks we delayed until this point.
-  for (unsigned I = 0, N = ExprEvalContexts.back().DelayedDecltypeCalls.size();
-       I != N; ++I) {
-    CallExpr *Call = ExprEvalContexts.back().DelayedDecltypeCalls[I];
-    if (Call == TopCall)
-      continue;
-
-    if (CheckCallReturnType(Call->getCallReturnType(Context),
-                            Call->getBeginLoc(), Call, Call->getDirectCallee()))
-      return ExprError();
-  }
-
-  // Now all relevant types are complete, check the destructors are accessible
-  // and non-deleted, and annotate them on the temporaries.
-  for (unsigned I = 0, N = ExprEvalContexts.back().DelayedDecltypeBinds.size();
-       I != N; ++I) {
-    CXXBindTemporaryExpr *Bind =
-      ExprEvalContexts.back().DelayedDecltypeBinds[I];
-    if (Bind == TopBind)
-      continue;
-
-    CXXTemporary *Temp = Bind->getTemporary();
-
-    CXXRecordDecl *RD =
-      Bind->getType()->getBaseElementTypeUnsafe()->getAsCXXRecordDecl();
-    CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor = LookupDestructor(RD);
-    Temp->setDestructor(Destructor);
-
-    MarkFunctionReferenced(Bind->getExprLoc(), Destructor);
-    CheckDestructorAccess(Bind->getExprLoc(), Destructor,
-                          PDiag(diag::err_access_dtor_temp)
-                            << Bind->getType());
-    if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Destructor, Bind->getExprLoc()))
-      return ExprError();
-
-    // We need a cleanup, but we don't need to remember the temporary.
-    Cleanup.setExprNeedsCleanups(true);
-  }
-
-  // Possibly strip off the top CXXBindTemporaryExpr.
-  return E;
-}
-
-/// Note a set of 'operator->' functions that were used for a member access.
-static void noteOperatorArrows(Sema &S,
-                               ArrayRef<FunctionDecl *> OperatorArrows) {
-  unsigned SkipStart = OperatorArrows.size(), SkipCount = 0;
-  // FIXME: Make this configurable?
-  unsigned Limit = 9;
-  if (OperatorArrows.size() > Limit) {
-    // Produce Limit-1 normal notes and one 'skipping' note.
-    SkipStart = (Limit - 1) / 2 + (Limit - 1) % 2;
-    SkipCount = OperatorArrows.size() - (Limit - 1);
-  }
-
-  for (unsigned I = 0; I < OperatorArrows.size(); /**/) {
-    if (I == SkipStart) {
-      S.Diag(OperatorArrows[I]->getLocation(),
-             diag::note_operator_arrows_suppressed)
-          << SkipCount;
-      I += SkipCount;
-    } else {
-      S.Diag(OperatorArrows[I]->getLocation(), diag::note_operator_arrow_here)
-          << OperatorArrows[I]->getCallResultType();
-      ++I;
-    }
-  }
-}
-
-ExprResult Sema::ActOnStartCXXMemberReference(Scope *S, Expr *Base,
-                                              SourceLocation OpLoc,
-                                              tok::TokenKind OpKind,
-                                              ParsedType &ObjectType,
-                                              bool &MayBePseudoDestructor) {
-  // Since this might be a postfix expression, get rid of ParenListExprs.
-  ExprResult Result = MaybeConvertParenListExprToParenExpr(S, Base);
-  if (Result.isInvalid()) return ExprError();
-  Base = Result.get();
-
-  Result = CheckPlaceholderExpr(Base);
-  if (Result.isInvalid()) return ExprError();
-  Base = Result.get();
-
-  QualType BaseType = Base->getType();
-  MayBePseudoDestructor = false;
-  if (BaseType->isDependentType()) {
-    // If we have a pointer to a dependent type and are using the -> operator,
-    // the object type is the type that the pointer points to. We might still
-    // have enough information about that type to do something useful.
-    if (OpKind == tok::arrow)
-      if (const PointerType *Ptr = BaseType->getAs<PointerType>())
-        BaseType = Ptr->getPointeeType();
-
-    ObjectType = ParsedType::make(BaseType);
-    MayBePseudoDestructor = true;
-    return Base;
-  }
-
-  // C++ [over.match.oper]p8:
-  //   [...] When operator->returns, the operator-> is applied  to the value
-  //   returned, with the original second operand.
-  if (OpKind == tok::arrow) {
-    QualType StartingType = BaseType;
-    bool NoArrowOperatorFound = false;
-    bool FirstIteration = true;
-    FunctionDecl *CurFD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(CurContext);
-    // The set of types we've considered so far.
-    llvm::SmallPtrSet<CanQualType,8> CTypes;
-    SmallVector<FunctionDecl*, 8> OperatorArrows;
-    CTypes.insert(Context.getCanonicalType(BaseType));
-
-    while (BaseType->isRecordType()) {
-      if (OperatorArrows.size() >= getLangOpts().ArrowDepth) {
-        Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_operator_arrow_depth_exceeded)
-          << StartingType << getLangOpts().ArrowDepth << Base->getSourceRange();
-        noteOperatorArrows(*this, OperatorArrows);
-        Diag(OpLoc, diag::note_operator_arrow_depth)
-          << getLangOpts().ArrowDepth;
-        return ExprError();
-      }
-
-      Result = BuildOverloadedArrowExpr(
-          S, Base, OpLoc,
-          // When in a template specialization and on the first loop iteration,
-          // potentially give the default diagnostic (with the fixit in a
-          // separate note) instead of having the error reported back to here
-          // and giving a diagnostic with a fixit attached to the error itself.
-          (FirstIteration && CurFD && CurFD->isFunctionTemplateSpecialization())
-              ? nullptr
-              : &NoArrowOperatorFound);
-      if (Result.isInvalid()) {
-        if (NoArrowOperatorFound) {
-          if (FirstIteration) {
-            Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_member_reference_suggestion)
-              << BaseType << 1 << Base->getSourceRange()
-              << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(OpLoc, ".");
-            OpKind = tok::period;
-            break;
-          }
-          Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_member_reference_arrow)
-            << BaseType << Base->getSourceRange();
-          CallExpr *CE = dyn_cast<CallExpr>(Base);
-          if (Decl *CD = (CE ? CE->getCalleeDecl() : nullptr)) {
-            Diag(CD->getBeginLoc(),
-                 diag::note_member_reference_arrow_from_operator_arrow);
-          }
-        }
-        return ExprError();
-      }
-      Base = Result.get();
-      if (CXXOperatorCallExpr *OpCall = dyn_cast<CXXOperatorCallExpr>(Base))
-        OperatorArrows.push_back(OpCall->getDirectCallee());
-      BaseType = Base->getType();
-      CanQualType CBaseType = Context.getCanonicalType(BaseType);
-      if (!CTypes.insert(CBaseType).second) {
-        Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_operator_arrow_circular) << StartingType;
-        noteOperatorArrows(*this, OperatorArrows);
-        return ExprError();
-      }
-      FirstIteration = false;
-    }
-
-    if (OpKind == tok::arrow &&
-        (BaseType->isPointerType() || BaseType->isObjCObjectPointerType()))
-      BaseType = BaseType->getPointeeType();
-  }
-
-  // Objective-C properties allow "." access on Objective-C pointer types,
-  // so adjust the base type to the object type itself.
-  if (BaseType->isObjCObjectPointerType())
-    BaseType = BaseType->getPointeeType();
-
-  // C++ [basic.lookup.classref]p2:
-  //   [...] If the type of the object expression is of pointer to scalar
-  //   type, the unqualified-id is looked up in the context of the complete
-  //   postfix-expression.
-  //
-  // This also indicates that we could be parsing a pseudo-destructor-name.
-  // Note that Objective-C class and object types can be pseudo-destructor
-  // expressions or normal member (ivar or property) access expressions, and
-  // it's legal for the type to be incomplete if this is a pseudo-destructor
-  // call.  We'll do more incomplete-type checks later in the lookup process,
-  // so just skip this check for ObjC types.
-  if (BaseType->isObjCObjectOrInterfaceType()) {
-    ObjectType = ParsedType::make(BaseType);
-    MayBePseudoDestructor = true;
-    return Base;
-  } else if (!BaseType->isRecordType()) {
-    ObjectType = nullptr;
-    MayBePseudoDestructor = true;
-    return Base;
-  }
-
-  // The object type must be complete (or dependent), or
-  // C++11 [expr.prim.general]p3:
-  //   Unlike the object expression in other contexts, *this is not required to
-  //   be of complete type for purposes of class member access (5.2.5) outside
-  //   the member function body.
-  if (!BaseType->isDependentType() &&
-      !isThisOutsideMemberFunctionBody(BaseType) &&
-      RequireCompleteType(OpLoc, BaseType, diag::err_incomplete_member_access))
-    return ExprError();
-
-  // C++ [basic.lookup.classref]p2:
-  //   If the id-expression in a class member access (5.2.5) is an
-  //   unqualified-id, and the type of the object expression is of a class
-  //   type C (or of pointer to a class type C), the unqualified-id is looked
-  //   up in the scope of class C. [...]
-  ObjectType = ParsedType::make(BaseType);
-  return Base;
-}
-
-static bool CheckArrow(Sema& S, QualType& ObjectType, Expr *&Base,
-                   tok::TokenKind& OpKind, SourceLocation OpLoc) {
-  if (Base->hasPlaceholderType()) {
-    ExprResult result = S.CheckPlaceholderExpr(Base);
-    if (result.isInvalid()) return true;
-    Base = result.get();
-  }
-  ObjectType = Base->getType();
-
-  // C++ [expr.pseudo]p2:
-  //   The left-hand side of the dot operator shall be of scalar type. The
-  //   left-hand side of the arrow operator shall be of pointer to scalar type.
-  //   This scalar type is the object type.
-  // Note that this is rather different from the normal handling for the
-  // arrow operator.
-  if (OpKind == tok::arrow) {
-    if (const PointerType *Ptr = ObjectType->getAs<PointerType>()) {
-      ObjectType = Ptr->getPointeeType();
-    } else if (!Base->isTypeDependent()) {
-      // The user wrote "p->" when they probably meant "p."; fix it.
-      S.Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_member_reference_suggestion)
-        << ObjectType << true
-        << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(OpLoc, ".");
-      if (S.isSFINAEContext())
-        return true;
-
-      OpKind = tok::period;
-    }
-  }
-
-  return false;
-}
-
-/// Check if it's ok to try and recover dot pseudo destructor calls on
-/// pointer objects.
-static bool
-canRecoverDotPseudoDestructorCallsOnPointerObjects(Sema &SemaRef,
-                                                   QualType DestructedType) {
-  // If this is a record type, check if its destructor is callable.
-  if (auto *RD = DestructedType->getAsCXXRecordDecl()) {
-    if (CXXDestructorDecl *D = SemaRef.LookupDestructor(RD))
-      return SemaRef.CanUseDecl(D, /*TreatUnavailableAsInvalid=*/false);
-    return false;
-  }
-
-  // Otherwise, check if it's a type for which it's valid to use a pseudo-dtor.
-  return DestructedType->isDependentType() || DestructedType->isScalarType() ||
-         DestructedType->isVectorType();
-}
-
-ExprResult Sema::BuildPseudoDestructorExpr(Expr *Base,
-                                           SourceLocation OpLoc,
-                                           tok::TokenKind OpKind,
-                                           const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
-                                           TypeSourceInfo *ScopeTypeInfo,
-                                           SourceLocation CCLoc,
-                                           SourceLocation TildeLoc,
-                                         PseudoDestructorTypeStorage Destructed) {
-  TypeSourceInfo *DestructedTypeInfo = Destructed.getTypeSourceInfo();
-
-  QualType ObjectType;
-  if (CheckArrow(*this, ObjectType, Base, OpKind, OpLoc))
-    return ExprError();
-
-  if (!ObjectType->isDependentType() && !ObjectType->isScalarType() &&
-      !ObjectType->isVectorType()) {
-    if (getLangOpts().MSVCCompat && ObjectType->isVoidType())
-      Diag(OpLoc, diag::ext_pseudo_dtor_on_void) << Base->getSourceRange();
-    else {
-      Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_pseudo_dtor_base_not_scalar)
-        << ObjectType << Base->getSourceRange();
-      return ExprError();
-    }
-  }
-
-  // C++ [expr.pseudo]p2:
-  //   [...] The cv-unqualified versions of the object type and of the type
-  //   designated by the pseudo-destructor-name shall be the same type.
-  if (DestructedTypeInfo) {
-    QualType DestructedType = DestructedTypeInfo->getType();
-    SourceLocation DestructedTypeStart
-      = DestructedTypeInfo->getTypeLoc().getLocalSourceRange().getBegin();
-    if (!DestructedType->isDependentType() && !ObjectType->isDependentType()) {
-      if (!Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(DestructedType, ObjectType)) {
-        // Detect dot pseudo destructor calls on pointer objects, e.g.:
-        //   Foo *foo;
-        //   foo.~Foo();
-        if (OpKind == tok::period && ObjectType->isPointerType() &&
-            Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(DestructedType,
-                                           ObjectType->getPointeeType())) {
-          auto Diagnostic =
-              Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_member_reference_suggestion)
-              << ObjectType << /*IsArrow=*/0 << Base->getSourceRange();
-
-          // Issue a fixit only when the destructor is valid.
-          if (canRecoverDotPseudoDestructorCallsOnPointerObjects(
-                  *this, DestructedType))
-            Diagnostic << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(OpLoc, "->");
-
-          // Recover by setting the object type to the destructed type and the
-          // operator to '->'.
-          ObjectType = DestructedType;
-          OpKind = tok::arrow;
-        } else {
-          Diag(DestructedTypeStart, diag::err_pseudo_dtor_type_mismatch)
-              << ObjectType << DestructedType << Base->getSourceRange()
-              << DestructedTypeInfo->getTypeLoc().getLocalSourceRange();
-
-          // Recover by setting the destructed type to the object type.
-          DestructedType = ObjectType;
-          DestructedTypeInfo =
-              Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(ObjectType, DestructedTypeStart);
-          Destructed = PseudoDestructorTypeStorage(DestructedTypeInfo);
-        }
-      } else if (DestructedType.getObjCLifetime() !=
-                                                ObjectType.getObjCLifetime()) {
-
-        if (DestructedType.getObjCLifetime() == Qualifiers::OCL_None) {
-          // Okay: just pretend that the user provided the correctly-qualified
-          // type.
-        } else {
-          Diag(DestructedTypeStart, diag::err_arc_pseudo_dtor_inconstant_quals)
-            << ObjectType << DestructedType << Base->getSourceRange()
-            << DestructedTypeInfo->getTypeLoc().getLocalSourceRange();
-        }
-
-        // Recover by setting the destructed type to the object type.
-        DestructedType = ObjectType;
-        DestructedTypeInfo = Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(ObjectType,
-                                                           DestructedTypeStart);
-        Destructed = PseudoDestructorTypeStorage(DestructedTypeInfo);
-      }
-    }
-  }
-
-  // C++ [expr.pseudo]p2:
-  //   [...] Furthermore, the two type-names in a pseudo-destructor-name of the
-  //   form
-  //
-  //     ::[opt] nested-name-specifier[opt] type-name :: ~ type-name
-  //
-  //   shall designate the same scalar type.
-  if (ScopeTypeInfo) {
-    QualType ScopeType = ScopeTypeInfo->getType();
-    if (!ScopeType->isDependentType() && !ObjectType->isDependentType() &&
-        !Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(ScopeType, ObjectType)) {
-
-      Diag(ScopeTypeInfo->getTypeLoc().getLocalSourceRange().getBegin(),
-           diag::err_pseudo_dtor_type_mismatch)
-        << ObjectType << ScopeType << Base->getSourceRange()
-        << ScopeTypeInfo->getTypeLoc().getLocalSourceRange();
-
-      ScopeType = QualType();
-      ScopeTypeInfo = nullptr;
-    }
-  }
-
-  Expr *Result
-    = new (Context) CXXPseudoDestructorExpr(Context, Base,
-                                            OpKind == tok::arrow, OpLoc,
-                                            SS.getWithLocInContext(Context),
-                                            ScopeTypeInfo,
-                                            CCLoc,
-                                            TildeLoc,
-                                            Destructed);
-
-  return Result;
-}
-
-ExprResult Sema::ActOnPseudoDestructorExpr(Scope *S, Expr *Base,
-                                           SourceLocation OpLoc,
-                                           tok::TokenKind OpKind,
-                                           CXXScopeSpec &SS,
-                                           UnqualifiedId &FirstTypeName,
-                                           SourceLocation CCLoc,
-                                           SourceLocation TildeLoc,
-                                           UnqualifiedId &SecondTypeName) {
-  assert((FirstTypeName.getKind() == UnqualifiedIdKind::IK_TemplateId ||
-          FirstTypeName.getKind() == UnqualifiedIdKind::IK_Identifier) &&
-         "Invalid first type name in pseudo-destructor");
-  assert((SecondTypeName.getKind() == UnqualifiedIdKind::IK_TemplateId ||
-          SecondTypeName.getKind() == UnqualifiedIdKind::IK_Identifier) &&
-         "Invalid second type name in pseudo-destructor");
-
-  QualType ObjectType;
-  if (CheckArrow(*this, ObjectType, Base, OpKind, OpLoc))
-    return ExprError();
-
-  // Compute the object type that we should use for name lookup purposes. Only
-  // record types and dependent types matter.
-  ParsedType ObjectTypePtrForLookup;
-  if (!SS.isSet()) {
-    if (ObjectType->isRecordType())
-      ObjectTypePtrForLookup = ParsedType::make(ObjectType);
-    else if (ObjectType->isDependentType())
-      ObjectTypePtrForLookup = ParsedType::make(Context.DependentTy);
-  }
-
-  // Convert the name of the type being destructed (following the ~) into a
-  // type (with source-location information).
-  QualType DestructedType;
-  TypeSourceInfo *DestructedTypeInfo = nullptr;
-  PseudoDestructorTypeStorage Destructed;
-  if (SecondTypeName.getKind() == UnqualifiedIdKind::IK_Identifier) {
-    ParsedType T = getTypeName(*SecondTypeName.Identifier,
-                               SecondTypeName.StartLocation,
-                               S, &SS, true, false, ObjectTypePtrForLookup,
-                               /*IsCtorOrDtorName*/true);
-    if (!T &&
-        ((SS.isSet() && !computeDeclContext(SS, false)) ||
-         (!SS.isSet() && ObjectType->isDependentType()))) {
-      // The name of the type being destroyed is a dependent name, and we
-      // couldn't find anything useful in scope. Just store the identifier and
-      // it's location, and we'll perform (qualified) name lookup again at
-      // template instantiation time.
-      Destructed = PseudoDestructorTypeStorage(SecondTypeName.Identifier,
-                                               SecondTypeName.StartLocation);
-    } else if (!T) {
-      Diag(SecondTypeName.StartLocation,
-           diag::err_pseudo_dtor_destructor_non_type)
-        << SecondTypeName.Identifier << ObjectType;
-      if (isSFINAEContext())
-        return ExprError();
-
-      // Recover by assuming we had the right type all along.
-      DestructedType = ObjectType;
-    } else
-      DestructedType = GetTypeFromParser(T, &DestructedTypeInfo);
-  } else {
-    // Resolve the template-id to a type.
-    TemplateIdAnnotation *TemplateId = SecondTypeName.TemplateId;
-    ASTTemplateArgsPtr TemplateArgsPtr(TemplateId->getTemplateArgs(),
-                                       TemplateId->NumArgs);
-    TypeResult T = ActOnTemplateIdType(TemplateId->SS,
-                                       TemplateId->TemplateKWLoc,
-                                       TemplateId->Template,
-                                       TemplateId->Name,
-                                       TemplateId->TemplateNameLoc,
-                                       TemplateId->LAngleLoc,
-                                       TemplateArgsPtr,
-                                       TemplateId->RAngleLoc,
-                                       /*IsCtorOrDtorName*/true);
-    if (T.isInvalid() || !T.get()) {
-      // Recover by assuming we had the right type all along.
-      DestructedType = ObjectType;
-    } else
-      DestructedType = GetTypeFromParser(T.get(), &DestructedTypeInfo);
-  }
-
-  // If we've performed some kind of recovery, (re-)build the type source
-  // information.
-  if (!DestructedType.isNull()) {
-    if (!DestructedTypeInfo)
-      DestructedTypeInfo = Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(DestructedType,
-                                                  SecondTypeName.StartLocation);
-    Destructed = PseudoDestructorTypeStorage(DestructedTypeInfo);
-  }
-
-  // Convert the name of the scope type (the type prior to '::') into a type.
-  TypeSourceInfo *ScopeTypeInfo = nullptr;
-  QualType ScopeType;
-  if (FirstTypeName.getKind() == UnqualifiedIdKind::IK_TemplateId ||
-      FirstTypeName.Identifier) {
-    if (FirstTypeName.getKind() == UnqualifiedIdKind::IK_Identifier) {
-      ParsedType T = getTypeName(*FirstTypeName.Identifier,
-                                 FirstTypeName.StartLocation,
-                                 S, &SS, true, false, ObjectTypePtrForLookup,
-                                 /*IsCtorOrDtorName*/true);
-      if (!T) {
-        Diag(FirstTypeName.StartLocation,
-             diag::err_pseudo_dtor_destructor_non_type)
-          << FirstTypeName.Identifier << ObjectType;
-
-        if (isSFINAEContext())
-          return ExprError();
-
-        // Just drop this type. It's unnecessary anyway.
-        ScopeType = QualType();
-      } else
-        ScopeType = GetTypeFromParser(T, &ScopeTypeInfo);
-    } else {
-      // Resolve the template-id to a type.
-      TemplateIdAnnotation *TemplateId = FirstTypeName.TemplateId;
-      ASTTemplateArgsPtr TemplateArgsPtr(TemplateId->getTemplateArgs(),
-                                         TemplateId->NumArgs);
-      TypeResult T = ActOnTemplateIdType(TemplateId->SS,
-                                         TemplateId->TemplateKWLoc,
-                                         TemplateId->Template,
-                                         TemplateId->Name,
-                                         TemplateId->TemplateNameLoc,
-                                         TemplateId->LAngleLoc,
-                                         TemplateArgsPtr,
-                                         TemplateId->RAngleLoc,
-                                         /*IsCtorOrDtorName*/true);
-      if (T.isInvalid() || !T.get()) {
-        // Recover by dropping this type.
-        ScopeType = QualType();
-      } else
-        ScopeType = GetTypeFromParser(T.get(), &ScopeTypeInfo);
-    }
-  }
-
-  if (!ScopeType.isNull() && !ScopeTypeInfo)
-    ScopeTypeInfo = Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(ScopeType,
-                                                  FirstTypeName.StartLocation);
-
-
-  return BuildPseudoDestructorExpr(Base, OpLoc, OpKind, SS,
-                                   ScopeTypeInfo, CCLoc, TildeLoc,
-                                   Destructed);
-}
-
-ExprResult Sema::ActOnPseudoDestructorExpr(Scope *S, Expr *Base,
-                                           SourceLocation OpLoc,
-                                           tok::TokenKind OpKind,
-                                           SourceLocation TildeLoc,
-                                           const DeclSpec& DS) {
-  QualType ObjectType;
-  if (CheckArrow(*this, ObjectType, Base, OpKind, OpLoc))
-    return ExprError();
-
-  QualType T = BuildDecltypeType(DS.getRepAsExpr(), DS.getTypeSpecTypeLoc(),
-                                 false);
-
-  TypeLocBuilder TLB;
-  DecltypeTypeLoc DecltypeTL = TLB.push<DecltypeTypeLoc>(T);
-  DecltypeTL.setNameLoc(DS.getTypeSpecTypeLoc());
-  TypeSourceInfo *DestructedTypeInfo = TLB.getTypeSourceInfo(Context, T);
-  PseudoDestructorTypeStorage Destructed(DestructedTypeInfo);
-
-  return BuildPseudoDestructorExpr(Base, OpLoc, OpKind, CXXScopeSpec(),
-                                   nullptr, SourceLocation(), TildeLoc,
-                                   Destructed);
-}
-
-ExprResult Sema::BuildCXXMemberCallExpr(Expr *E, NamedDecl *FoundDecl,
-                                        CXXConversionDecl *Method,
-                                        bool HadMultipleCandidates) {
-  // Convert the expression to match the conversion function's implicit object
-  // parameter.
-  ExprResult Exp = PerformObjectArgumentInitialization(E, /*Qualifier=*/nullptr,
-                                          FoundDecl, Method);
-  if (Exp.isInvalid())
-    return true;
-
-  if (Method->getParent()->isLambda() &&
-      Method->getConversionType()->isBlockPointerType()) {
-    // This is a lambda coversion to block pointer; check if the argument
-    // was a LambdaExpr.
-    Expr *SubE = E;
-    CastExpr *CE = dyn_cast<CastExpr>(SubE);
-    if (CE && CE->getCastKind() == CK_NoOp)
-      SubE = CE->getSubExpr();
-    SubE = SubE->IgnoreParens();
-    if (CXXBindTemporaryExpr *BE = dyn_cast<CXXBindTemporaryExpr>(SubE))
-      SubE = BE->getSubExpr();
-    if (isa<LambdaExpr>(SubE)) {
-      // For the conversion to block pointer on a lambda expression, we
-      // construct a special BlockLiteral instead; this doesn't really make
-      // a difference in ARC, but outside of ARC the resulting block literal
-      // follows the normal lifetime rules for block literals instead of being
-      // autoreleased.
-      DiagnosticErrorTrap Trap(Diags);
-      PushExpressionEvaluationContext(
-          ExpressionEvaluationContext::PotentiallyEvaluated);
-      ExprResult BlockExp = BuildBlockForLambdaConversion(
-          Exp.get()->getExprLoc(), Exp.get()->getExprLoc(), Method, Exp.get());
-      PopExpressionEvaluationContext();
-
-      if (BlockExp.isInvalid())
-        Diag(Exp.get()->getExprLoc(), diag::note_lambda_to_block_conv);
-      return BlockExp;
-    }
-  }
-
-  MemberExpr *ME = new (Context) MemberExpr(
-      Exp.get(), /*IsArrow=*/false, SourceLocation(), Method, SourceLocation(),
-      Context.BoundMemberTy, VK_RValue, OK_Ordinary);
-  if (HadMultipleCandidates)
-    ME->setHadMultipleCandidates(true);
-  MarkMemberReferenced(ME);
-
-  QualType ResultType = Method->getReturnType();
-  ExprValueKind VK = Expr::getValueKindForType(ResultType);
-  ResultType = ResultType.getNonLValueExprType(Context);
-
-  CXXMemberCallExpr *CE = CXXMemberCallExpr::Create(
-      Context, ME, /*Args=*/{}, ResultType, VK, Exp.get()->getEndLoc());
-
-  if (CheckFunctionCall(Method, CE,
-                        Method->getType()->castAs<FunctionProtoType>()))
-    return ExprError();
-
-  return CE;
-}
-
-ExprResult Sema::BuildCXXNoexceptExpr(SourceLocation KeyLoc, Expr *Operand,
-                                      SourceLocation RParen) {
-  // If the operand is an unresolved lookup expression, the expression is ill-
-  // formed per [over.over]p1, because overloaded function names cannot be used
-  // without arguments except in explicit contexts.
-  ExprResult R = CheckPlaceholderExpr(Operand);
-  if (R.isInvalid())
-    return R;
-
-  // The operand may have been modified when checking the placeholder type.
-  Operand = R.get();
-
-  if (!inTemplateInstantiation() && Operand->HasSideEffects(Context, false)) {
-    // The expression operand for noexcept is in an unevaluated expression
-    // context, so side effects could result in unintended consequences.
-    Diag(Operand->getExprLoc(), diag::warn_side_effects_unevaluated_context);
-  }
-
-  CanThrowResult CanThrow = canThrow(Operand);
-  return new (Context)
-      CXXNoexceptExpr(Context.BoolTy, Operand, CanThrow, KeyLoc, RParen);
-}
-
-ExprResult Sema::ActOnNoexceptExpr(SourceLocation KeyLoc, SourceLocation,
-                                   Expr *Operand, SourceLocation RParen) {
-  return BuildCXXNoexceptExpr(KeyLoc, Operand, RParen);
-}
-
-static bool IsSpecialDiscardedValue(Expr *E) {
-  // In C++11, discarded-value expressions of a certain form are special,
-  // according to [expr]p10:
-  //   The lvalue-to-rvalue conversion (4.1) is applied only if the
-  //   expression is an lvalue of volatile-qualified type and it has
-  //   one of the following forms:
-  E = E->IgnoreParens();
-
-  //   - id-expression (5.1.1),
-  if (isa<DeclRefExpr>(E))
-    return true;
-
-  //   - subscripting (5.2.1),
-  if (isa<ArraySubscriptExpr>(E))
-    return true;
-
-  //   - class member access (5.2.5),
-  if (isa<MemberExpr>(E))
-    return true;
-
-  //   - indirection (5.3.1),
-  if (UnaryOperator *UO = dyn_cast<UnaryOperator>(E))
-    if (UO->getOpcode() == UO_Deref)
-      return true;
-
-  if (BinaryOperator *BO = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(E)) {
-    //   - pointer-to-member operation (5.5),
-    if (BO->isPtrMemOp())
-      return true;
-
-    //   - comma expression (5.18) where the right operand is one of the above.
-    if (BO->getOpcode() == BO_Comma)
-      return IsSpecialDiscardedValue(BO->getRHS());
-  }
-
-  //   - conditional expression (5.16) where both the second and the third
-  //     operands are one of the above, or
-  if (ConditionalOperator *CO = dyn_cast<ConditionalOperator>(E))
-    return IsSpecialDiscardedValue(CO->getTrueExpr()) &&
-           IsSpecialDiscardedValue(CO->getFalseExpr());
-  // The related edge case of "*x ?: *x".
-  if (BinaryConditionalOperator *BCO =
-          dyn_cast<BinaryConditionalOperator>(E)) {
-    if (OpaqueValueExpr *OVE = dyn_cast<OpaqueValueExpr>(BCO->getTrueExpr()))
-      return IsSpecialDiscardedValue(OVE->getSourceExpr()) &&
-             IsSpecialDiscardedValue(BCO->getFalseExpr());
-  }
-
-  // Objective-C++ extensions to the rule.
-  if (isa<PseudoObjectExpr>(E) || isa<ObjCIvarRefExpr>(E))
-    return true;
-
-  return false;
-}
-
-/// Perform the conversions required for an expression used in a
-/// context that ignores the result.
-ExprResult Sema::IgnoredValueConversions(Expr *E) {
-  if (E->hasPlaceholderType()) {
-    ExprResult result = CheckPlaceholderExpr(E);
-    if (result.isInvalid()) return E;
-    E = result.get();
-  }
-
-  // C99 6.3.2.1:
-  //   [Except in specific positions,] an lvalue that does not have
-  //   array type is converted to the value stored in the
-  //   designated object (and is no longer an lvalue).
-  if (E->isRValue()) {
-    // In C, function designators (i.e. expressions of function type)
-    // are r-values, but we still want to do function-to-pointer decay
-    // on them.  This is both technically correct and convenient for
-    // some clients.
-    if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && E->getType()->isFunctionType())
-      return DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(E);
-
-    return E;
-  }
-
-  if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)  {
-    // The C++11 standard defines the notion of a discarded-value expression;
-    // normally, we don't need to do anything to handle it, but if it is a
-    // volatile lvalue with a special form, we perform an lvalue-to-rvalue
-    // conversion.
-    if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && E->isGLValue() &&
-        E->getType().isVolatileQualified() &&
-        IsSpecialDiscardedValue(E)) {
-      ExprResult Res = DefaultLvalueConversion(E);
-      if (Res.isInvalid())
-        return E;
-      E = Res.get();
-    }
-
-    // C++1z:
-    //   If the expression is a prvalue after this optional conversion, the
-    //   temporary materialization conversion is applied.
-    //
-    // We skip this step: IR generation is able to synthesize the storage for
-    // itself in the aggregate case, and adding the extra node to the AST is
-    // just clutter.
-    // FIXME: We don't emit lifetime markers for the temporaries due to this.
-    // FIXME: Do any other AST consumers care about this?
-    return E;
-  }
-
-  // GCC seems to also exclude expressions of incomplete enum type.
-  if (const EnumType *T = E->getType()->getAs<EnumType>()) {
-    if (!T->getDecl()->isComplete()) {
-      // FIXME: stupid workaround for a codegen bug!
-      E = ImpCastExprToType(E, Context.VoidTy, CK_ToVoid).get();
-      return E;
-    }
-  }
-
-  ExprResult Res = DefaultFunctionArrayLvalueConversion(E);
-  if (Res.isInvalid())
-    return E;
-  E = Res.get();
-
-  if (!E->getType()->isVoidType())
-    RequireCompleteType(E->getExprLoc(), E->getType(),
-                        diag::err_incomplete_type);
-  return E;
-}
-
-// If we can unambiguously determine whether Var can never be used
-// in a constant expression, return true.
-//  - if the variable and its initializer are non-dependent, then
-//    we can unambiguously check if the variable is a constant expression.
-//  - if the initializer is not value dependent - we can determine whether
-//    it can be used to initialize a constant expression.  If Init can not
-//    be used to initialize a constant expression we conclude that Var can
-//    never be a constant expression.
-//  - FXIME: if the initializer is dependent, we can still do some analysis and
-//    identify certain cases unambiguously as non-const by using a Visitor:
-//      - such as those that involve odr-use of a ParmVarDecl, involve a new
-//        delete, lambda-expr, dynamic-cast, reinterpret-cast etc...
-static inline bool VariableCanNeverBeAConstantExpression(VarDecl *Var,
-    ASTContext &Context) {
-  if (isa<ParmVarDecl>(Var)) return true;
-  const VarDecl *DefVD = nullptr;
-
-  // If there is no initializer - this can not be a constant expression.
-  if (!Var->getAnyInitializer(DefVD)) return true;
-  assert(DefVD);
-  if (DefVD->isWeak()) return false;
-  EvaluatedStmt *Eval = DefVD->ensureEvaluatedStmt();
-
-  Expr *Init = cast<Expr>(Eval->Value);
-
-  if (Var->getType()->isDependentType() || Init->isValueDependent()) {
-    // FIXME: Teach the constant evaluator to deal with the non-dependent parts
-    // of value-dependent expressions, and use it here to determine whether the
-    // initializer is a potential constant expression.
-    return false;
-  }
-
-  return !IsVariableAConstantExpression(Var, Context);
-}
-
-/// Check if the current lambda has any potential captures
-/// that must be captured by any of its enclosing lambdas that are ready to
-/// capture. If there is a lambda that can capture a nested
-/// potential-capture, go ahead and do so.  Also, check to see if any
-/// variables are uncaptureable or do not involve an odr-use so do not
-/// need to be captured.
-
-static void CheckIfAnyEnclosingLambdasMustCaptureAnyPotentialCaptures(
-    Expr *const FE, LambdaScopeInfo *const CurrentLSI, Sema &S) {
-
-  assert(!S.isUnevaluatedContext());
-  assert(S.CurContext->isDependentContext());
-#ifndef NDEBUG
-  DeclContext *DC = S.CurContext;
-  while (DC && isa<CapturedDecl>(DC))
-    DC = DC->getParent();
-  assert(
-      CurrentLSI->CallOperator == DC &&
-      "The current call operator must be synchronized with Sema's CurContext");
-#endif // NDEBUG
-
-  const bool IsFullExprInstantiationDependent = FE->isInstantiationDependent();
-
-  // All the potentially captureable variables in the current nested
-  // lambda (within a generic outer lambda), must be captured by an
-  // outer lambda that is enclosed within a non-dependent context.
-  const unsigned NumPotentialCaptures =
-      CurrentLSI->getNumPotentialVariableCaptures();
-  for (unsigned I = 0; I != NumPotentialCaptures; ++I) {
-    Expr *VarExpr = nullptr;
-    VarDecl *Var = nullptr;
-    CurrentLSI->getPotentialVariableCapture(I, Var, VarExpr);
-    // If the variable is clearly identified as non-odr-used and the full
-    // expression is not instantiation dependent, only then do we not
-    // need to check enclosing lambda's for speculative captures.
-    // For e.g.:
-    // Even though 'x' is not odr-used, it should be captured.
-    // int test() {
-    //   const int x = 10;
-    //   auto L = [=](auto a) {
-    //     (void) +x + a;
-    //   };
-    // }
-    if (CurrentLSI->isVariableExprMarkedAsNonODRUsed(VarExpr) &&
-        !IsFullExprInstantiationDependent)
-      continue;
-
-    // If we have a capture-capable lambda for the variable, go ahead and
-    // capture the variable in that lambda (and all its enclosing lambdas).
-    if (const Optional<unsigned> Index =
-            getStackIndexOfNearestEnclosingCaptureCapableLambda(
-                S.FunctionScopes, Var, S)) {
-      const unsigned FunctionScopeIndexOfCapturableLambda = Index.getValue();
-      MarkVarDeclODRUsed(Var, VarExpr->getExprLoc(), S,
-                         &FunctionScopeIndexOfCapturableLambda);
-    }
-    const bool IsVarNeverAConstantExpression =
-        VariableCanNeverBeAConstantExpression(Var, S.Context);
-    if (!IsFullExprInstantiationDependent || IsVarNeverAConstantExpression) {
-      // This full expression is not instantiation dependent or the variable
-      // can not be used in a constant expression - which means
-      // this variable must be odr-used here, so diagnose a
-      // capture violation early, if the variable is un-captureable.
-      // This is purely for diagnosing errors early.  Otherwise, this
-      // error would get diagnosed when the lambda becomes capture ready.
-      QualType CaptureType, DeclRefType;
-      SourceLocation ExprLoc = VarExpr->getExprLoc();
-      if (S.tryCaptureVariable(Var, ExprLoc, S.TryCapture_Implicit,
-                          /*EllipsisLoc*/ SourceLocation(),
-                          /*BuildAndDiagnose*/false, CaptureType,
-                          DeclRefType, nullptr)) {
-        // We will never be able to capture this variable, and we need
-        // to be able to in any and all instantiations, so diagnose it.
-        S.tryCaptureVariable(Var, ExprLoc, S.TryCapture_Implicit,
-                          /*EllipsisLoc*/ SourceLocation(),
-                          /*BuildAndDiagnose*/true, CaptureType,
-                          DeclRefType, nullptr);
-      }
-    }
-  }
-
-  // Check if 'this' needs to be captured.
-  if (CurrentLSI->hasPotentialThisCapture()) {
-    // If we have a capture-capable lambda for 'this', go ahead and capture
-    // 'this' in that lambda (and all its enclosing lambdas).
-    if (const Optional<unsigned> Index =
-            getStackIndexOfNearestEnclosingCaptureCapableLambda(
-                S.FunctionScopes, /*0 is 'this'*/ nullptr, S)) {
-      const unsigned FunctionScopeIndexOfCapturableLambda = Index.getValue();
-      S.CheckCXXThisCapture(CurrentLSI->PotentialThisCaptureLocation,
-                            /*Explicit*/ false, /*BuildAndDiagnose*/ true,
-                            &FunctionScopeIndexOfCapturableLambda);
-    }
-  }
-
-  // Reset all the potential captures at the end of each full-expression.
-  CurrentLSI->clearPotentialCaptures();
-}
-
-static ExprResult attemptRecovery(Sema &SemaRef,
-                                  const TypoCorrectionConsumer &Consumer,
-                                  const TypoCorrection &TC) {
-  LookupResult R(SemaRef, Consumer.getLookupResult().getLookupNameInfo(),
-                 Consumer.getLookupResult().getLookupKind());
-  const CXXScopeSpec *SS = Consumer.getSS();
-  CXXScopeSpec NewSS;
-
-  // Use an approprate CXXScopeSpec for building the expr.
-  if (auto *NNS = TC.getCorrectionSpecifier())
-    NewSS.MakeTrivial(SemaRef.Context, NNS, TC.getCorrectionRange());
-  else if (SS && !TC.WillReplaceSpecifier())
-    NewSS = *SS;
-
-  if (auto *ND = TC.getFoundDecl()) {
-    R.setLookupName(ND->getDeclName());
-    R.addDecl(ND);
-    if (ND->isCXXClassMember()) {
-      // Figure out the correct naming class to add to the LookupResult.
-      CXXRecordDecl *Record = nullptr;
-      if (auto *NNS = TC.getCorrectionSpecifier())
-        Record = NNS->getAsType()->getAsCXXRecordDecl();
-      if (!Record)
-        Record =
-            dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(ND->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext());
-      if (Record)
-        R.setNamingClass(Record);
-
-      // Detect and handle the case where the decl might be an implicit
-      // member.
-      bool MightBeImplicitMember;
-      if (!Consumer.isAddressOfOperand())
-        MightBeImplicitMember = true;
-      else if (!NewSS.isEmpty())
-        MightBeImplicitMember = false;
-      else if (R.isOverloadedResult())
-        MightBeImplicitMember = false;
-      else if (R.isUnresolvableResult())
-        MightBeImplicitMember = true;
-      else
-        MightBeImplicitMember = isa<FieldDecl>(ND) ||
-                                isa<IndirectFieldDecl>(ND) ||
-                                isa<MSPropertyDecl>(ND);
-
-      if (MightBeImplicitMember)
-        return SemaRef.BuildPossibleImplicitMemberExpr(
-            NewSS, /*TemplateKWLoc*/ SourceLocation(), R,
-            /*TemplateArgs*/ nullptr, /*S*/ nullptr);
-    } else if (auto *Ivar = dyn_cast<ObjCIvarDecl>(ND)) {
-      return SemaRef.LookupInObjCMethod(R, Consumer.getScope(),
-                                        Ivar->getIdentifier());
-    }
-  }
-
-  return SemaRef.BuildDeclarationNameExpr(NewSS, R, /*NeedsADL*/ false,
-                                          /*AcceptInvalidDecl*/ true);
-}
-
-namespace {
-class FindTypoExprs : public RecursiveASTVisitor<FindTypoExprs> {
-  llvm::SmallSetVector<TypoExpr *, 2> &TypoExprs;
-
-public:
-  explicit FindTypoExprs(llvm::SmallSetVector<TypoExpr *, 2> &TypoExprs)
-      : TypoExprs(TypoExprs) {}
-  bool VisitTypoExpr(TypoExpr *TE) {
-    TypoExprs.insert(TE);
-    return true;
-  }
-};
-
-class TransformTypos : public TreeTransform<TransformTypos> {
-  typedef TreeTransform<TransformTypos> BaseTransform;
-
-  VarDecl *InitDecl; // A decl to avoid as a correction because it is in the
-                     // process of being initialized.
-  llvm::function_ref<ExprResult(Expr *)> ExprFilter;
-  llvm::SmallSetVector<TypoExpr *, 2> TypoExprs, AmbiguousTypoExprs;
-  llvm::SmallDenseMap<TypoExpr *, ExprResult, 2> TransformCache;
-  llvm::SmallDenseMap<OverloadExpr *, Expr *, 4> OverloadResolution;
-
-  /// Emit diagnostics for all of the TypoExprs encountered.
-  /// If the TypoExprs were successfully corrected, then the diagnostics should
-  /// suggest the corrections. Otherwise the diagnostics will not suggest
-  /// anything (having been passed an empty TypoCorrection).
-  void EmitAllDiagnostics() {
-    for (TypoExpr *TE : TypoExprs) {
-      auto &State = SemaRef.getTypoExprState(TE);
-      if (State.DiagHandler) {
-        TypoCorrection TC = State.Consumer->getCurrentCorrection();
-        ExprResult Replacement = TransformCache[TE];
-
-        // Extract the NamedDecl from the transformed TypoExpr and add it to the
-        // TypoCorrection, replacing the existing decls. This ensures the right
-        // NamedDecl is used in diagnostics e.g. in the case where overload
-        // resolution was used to select one from several possible decls that
-        // had been stored in the TypoCorrection.
-        if (auto *ND = getDeclFromExpr(
-                Replacement.isInvalid() ? nullptr : Replacement.get()))
-          TC.setCorrectionDecl(ND);
-
-        State.DiagHandler(TC);
-      }
-      SemaRef.clearDelayedTypo(TE);
-    }
-  }
-
-  /// If corrections for the first TypoExpr have been exhausted for a
-  /// given combination of the other TypoExprs, retry those corrections against
-  /// the next combination of substitutions for the other TypoExprs by advancing
-  /// to the next potential correction of the second TypoExpr. For the second
-  /// and subsequent TypoExprs, if its stream of corrections has been exhausted,
-  /// the stream is reset and the next TypoExpr's stream is advanced by one (a
-  /// TypoExpr's correction stream is advanced by removing the TypoExpr from the
-  /// TransformCache). Returns true if there is still any untried combinations
-  /// of corrections.
-  bool CheckAndAdvanceTypoExprCorrectionStreams() {
-    for (auto TE : TypoExprs) {
-      auto &State = SemaRef.getTypoExprState(TE);
-      TransformCache.erase(TE);
-      if (!State.Consumer->finished())
-        return true;
-      State.Consumer->resetCorrectionStream();
-    }
-    return false;
-  }
-
-  NamedDecl *getDeclFromExpr(Expr *E) {
-    if (auto *OE = dyn_cast_or_null<OverloadExpr>(E))
-      E = OverloadResolution[OE];
-
-    if (!E)
-      return nullptr;
-    if (auto *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(E))
-      return DRE->getFoundDecl();
-    if (auto *ME = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(E))
-      return ME->getFoundDecl();
-    // FIXME: Add any other expr types that could be be seen by the delayed typo
-    // correction TreeTransform for which the corresponding TypoCorrection could
-    // contain multiple decls.
-    return nullptr;
-  }
-
-  ExprResult TryTransform(Expr *E) {
-    Sema::SFINAETrap Trap(SemaRef);
-    ExprResult Res = TransformExpr(E);
-    if (Trap.hasErrorOccurred() || Res.isInvalid())
-      return ExprError();
-
-    return ExprFilter(Res.get());
-  }
-
-public:
-  TransformTypos(Sema &SemaRef, VarDecl *InitDecl, llvm::function_ref<ExprResult(Expr *)> Filter)
-      : BaseTransform(SemaRef), InitDecl(InitDecl), ExprFilter(Filter) {}
-
-  ExprResult RebuildCallExpr(Expr *Callee, SourceLocation LParenLoc,
-                                   MultiExprArg Args,
-                                   SourceLocation RParenLoc,
-                                   Expr *ExecConfig = nullptr) {
-    auto Result = BaseTransform::RebuildCallExpr(Callee, LParenLoc, Args,
-                                                 RParenLoc, ExecConfig);
-    if (auto *OE = dyn_cast<OverloadExpr>(Callee)) {
-      if (Result.isUsable()) {
-        Expr *ResultCall = Result.get();
-        if (auto *BE = dyn_cast<CXXBindTemporaryExpr>(ResultCall))
-          ResultCall = BE->getSubExpr();
-        if (auto *CE = dyn_cast<CallExpr>(ResultCall))
-          OverloadResolution[OE] = CE->getCallee();
-      }
-    }
-    return Result;
-  }
-
-  ExprResult TransformLambdaExpr(LambdaExpr *E) { return Owned(E); }
-
-  ExprResult TransformBlockExpr(BlockExpr *E) { return Owned(E); }
-
-  ExprResult Transform(Expr *E) {
-    ExprResult Res;
-    while (true) {
-      Res = TryTransform(E);
-
-      // Exit if either the transform was valid or if there were no TypoExprs
-      // to transform that still have any untried correction candidates..
-      if (!Res.isInvalid() ||
-          !CheckAndAdvanceTypoExprCorrectionStreams())
-        break;
-    }
-
-    // Ensure none of the TypoExprs have multiple typo correction candidates
-    // with the same edit length that pass all the checks and filters.
-    // TODO: Properly handle various permutations of possible corrections when
-    // there is more than one potentially ambiguous typo correction.
-    // Also, disable typo correction while attempting the transform when
-    // handling potentially ambiguous typo corrections as any new TypoExprs will
-    // have been introduced by the application of one of the correction
-    // candidates and add little to no value if corrected.
-    SemaRef.DisableTypoCorrection = true;
-    while (!AmbiguousTypoExprs.empty()) {
-      auto TE  = AmbiguousTypoExprs.back();
-      auto Cached = TransformCache[TE];
-      auto &State = SemaRef.getTypoExprState(TE);
-      State.Consumer->saveCurrentPosition();
-      TransformCache.erase(TE);
-      if (!TryTransform(E).isInvalid()) {
-        State.Consumer->resetCorrectionStream();
-        TransformCache.erase(TE);
-        Res = ExprError();
-        break;
-      }
-      AmbiguousTypoExprs.remove(TE);
-      State.Consumer->restoreSavedPosition();
-      TransformCache[TE] = Cached;
-    }
-    SemaRef.DisableTypoCorrection = false;
-
-    // Ensure that all of the TypoExprs within the current Expr have been found.
-    if (!Res.isUsable())
-      FindTypoExprs(TypoExprs).TraverseStmt(E);
-
-    EmitAllDiagnostics();
-
-    return Res;
-  }
-
-  ExprResult TransformTypoExpr(TypoExpr *E) {
-    // If the TypoExpr hasn't been seen before, record it. Otherwise, return the
-    // cached transformation result if there is one and the TypoExpr isn't the
-    // first one that was encountered.
-    auto &CacheEntry = TransformCache[E];
-    if (!TypoExprs.insert(E) && !CacheEntry.isUnset()) {
-      return CacheEntry;
-    }
-
-    auto &State = SemaRef.getTypoExprState(E);
-    assert(State.Consumer && "Cannot transform a cleared TypoExpr");
-
-    // For the first TypoExpr and an uncached TypoExpr, find the next likely
-    // typo correction and return it.
-    while (TypoCorrection TC = State.Consumer->getNextCorrection()) {
-      if (InitDecl && TC.getFoundDecl() == InitDecl)
-        continue;
-      // FIXME: If we would typo-correct to an invalid declaration, it's
-      // probably best to just suppress all errors from this typo correction.
-      ExprResult NE = State.RecoveryHandler ?
-          State.RecoveryHandler(SemaRef, E, TC) :
-          attemptRecovery(SemaRef, *State.Consumer, TC);
-      if (!NE.isInvalid()) {
-        // Check whether there may be a second viable correction with the same
-        // edit distance; if so, remember this TypoExpr may have an ambiguous
-        // correction so it can be more thoroughly vetted later.
-        TypoCorrection Next;
-        if ((Next = State.Consumer->peekNextCorrection()) &&
-            Next.getEditDistance(false) == TC.getEditDistance(false)) {
-          AmbiguousTypoExprs.insert(E);
-        } else {
-          AmbiguousTypoExprs.remove(E);
-        }
-        assert(!NE.isUnset() &&
-               "Typo was transformed into a valid-but-null ExprResult");
-        return CacheEntry = NE;
-      }
-    }
-    return CacheEntry = ExprError();
-  }
-};
-}
-
-ExprResult
-Sema::CorrectDelayedTyposInExpr(Expr *E, VarDecl *InitDecl,
-                                llvm::function_ref<ExprResult(Expr *)> Filter) {
-  // If the current evaluation context indicates there are uncorrected typos
-  // and the current expression isn't guaranteed to not have typos, try to
-  // resolve any TypoExpr nodes that might be in the expression.
-  if (E && !ExprEvalContexts.empty() && ExprEvalContexts.back().NumTypos &&
-      (E->isTypeDependent() || E->isValueDependent() ||
-       E->isInstantiationDependent())) {
-    auto TyposResolved = DelayedTypos.size();
-    auto Result = TransformTypos(*this, InitDecl, Filter).Transform(E);
-    TyposResolved -= DelayedTypos.size();
-    if (Result.isInvalid() || Result.get() != E) {
-      ExprEvalContexts.back().NumTypos -= TyposResolved;
-      return Result;
-    }
-    assert(TyposResolved == 0 && "Corrected typo but got same Expr back?");
-  }
-  return E;
-}
-
-ExprResult Sema::ActOnFinishFullExpr(Expr *FE, SourceLocation CC,
-                                     bool DiscardedValue,
-                                     bool IsConstexpr) {
-  ExprResult FullExpr = FE;
-
-  if (!FullExpr.get())
-    return ExprError();
-
-  if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(FullExpr.get()))
-    return ExprError();
-
-  if (DiscardedValue) {
-    // Top-level expressions default to 'id' when we're in a debugger.
-    if (getLangOpts().DebuggerCastResultToId &&
-        FullExpr.get()->getType() == Context.UnknownAnyTy) {
-      FullExpr = forceUnknownAnyToType(FullExpr.get(), Context.getObjCIdType());
-      if (FullExpr.isInvalid())
-        return ExprError();
-    }
-
-    FullExpr = CheckPlaceholderExpr(FullExpr.get());
-    if (FullExpr.isInvalid())
-      return ExprError();
-
-    FullExpr = IgnoredValueConversions(FullExpr.get());
-    if (FullExpr.isInvalid())
-      return ExprError();
-  }
-
-  FullExpr = CorrectDelayedTyposInExpr(FullExpr.get());
-  if (FullExpr.isInvalid())
-    return ExprError();
-
-  CheckCompletedExpr(FullExpr.get(), CC, IsConstexpr);
-
-  // At the end of this full expression (which could be a deeply nested
-  // lambda), if there is a potential capture within the nested lambda,
-  // have the outer capture-able lambda try and capture it.
-  // Consider the following code:
-  // void f(int, int);
-  // void f(const int&, double);
-  // void foo() {
-  //  const int x = 10, y = 20;
-  //  auto L = [=](auto a) {
-  //      auto M = [=](auto b) {
-  //         f(x, b); <-- requires x to be captured by L and M
-  //         f(y, a); <-- requires y to be captured by L, but not all Ms
-  //      };
-  //   };
-  // }
-
-  // FIXME: Also consider what happens for something like this that involves
-  // the gnu-extension statement-expressions or even lambda-init-captures:
-  //   void f() {
-  //     const int n = 0;
-  //     auto L =  [&](auto a) {
-  //       +n + ({ 0; a; });
-  //     };
-  //   }
-  //
-  // Here, we see +n, and then the full-expression 0; ends, so we don't
-  // capture n (and instead remove it from our list of potential captures),
-  // and then the full-expression +n + ({ 0; }); ends, but it's too late
-  // for us to see that we need to capture n after all.
-
-  LambdaScopeInfo *const CurrentLSI =
-      getCurLambda(/*IgnoreCapturedRegions=*/true);
-  // FIXME: PR 17877 showed that getCurLambda() can return a valid pointer
-  // even if CurContext is not a lambda call operator. Refer to that Bug Report
-  // for an example of the code that might cause this asynchrony.
-  // By ensuring we are in the context of a lambda's call operator
-  // we can fix the bug (we only need to check whether we need to capture
-  // if we are within a lambda's body); but per the comments in that
-  // PR, a proper fix would entail :
-  //   "Alternative suggestion:
-  //   - Add to Sema an integer holding the smallest (outermost) scope
-  //     index that we are *lexically* within, and save/restore/set to
-  //     FunctionScopes.size() in InstantiatingTemplate's
-  //     constructor/destructor.
-  //  - Teach the handful of places that iterate over FunctionScopes to
-  //    stop at the outermost enclosing lexical scope."
-  DeclContext *DC = CurContext;
-  while (DC && isa<CapturedDecl>(DC))
-    DC = DC->getParent();
-  const bool IsInLambdaDeclContext = isLambdaCallOperator(DC);
-  if (IsInLambdaDeclContext && CurrentLSI &&
-      CurrentLSI->hasPotentialCaptures() && !FullExpr.isInvalid())
-    CheckIfAnyEnclosingLambdasMustCaptureAnyPotentialCaptures(FE, CurrentLSI,
-                                                              *this);
-  return MaybeCreateExprWithCleanups(FullExpr);
-}
-
-StmtResult Sema::ActOnFinishFullStmt(Stmt *FullStmt) {
-  if (!FullStmt) return StmtError();
-
-  return MaybeCreateStmtWithCleanups(FullStmt);
-}
-
-Sema::IfExistsResult
-Sema::CheckMicrosoftIfExistsSymbol(Scope *S,
-                                   CXXScopeSpec &SS,
-                                   const DeclarationNameInfo &TargetNameInfo) {
-  DeclarationName TargetName = TargetNameInfo.getName();
-  if (!TargetName)
-    return IER_DoesNotExist;
-
-  // If the name itself is dependent, then the result is dependent.
-  if (TargetName.isDependentName())
-    return IER_Dependent;
-
-  // Do the redeclaration lookup in the current scope.
-  LookupResult R(*this, TargetNameInfo, Sema::LookupAnyName,
-                 Sema::NotForRedeclaration);
-  LookupParsedName(R, S, &SS);
-  R.suppressDiagnostics();
-
-  switch (R.getResultKind()) {
-  case LookupResult::Found:
-  case LookupResult::FoundOverloaded:
-  case LookupResult::FoundUnresolvedValue:
-  case LookupResult::Ambiguous:
-    return IER_Exists;
-
-  case LookupResult::NotFound:
-    return IER_DoesNotExist;
-
-  case LookupResult::NotFoundInCurrentInstantiation:
-    return IER_Dependent;
-  }
-
-  llvm_unreachable("Invalid LookupResult Kind!");
-}
-
-Sema::IfExistsResult
-Sema::CheckMicrosoftIfExistsSymbol(Scope *S, SourceLocation KeywordLoc,
-                                   bool IsIfExists, CXXScopeSpec &SS,
-                                   UnqualifiedId &Name) {
-  DeclarationNameInfo TargetNameInfo = GetNameFromUnqualifiedId(Name);
-
-  // Check for an unexpanded parameter pack.
-  auto UPPC = IsIfExists ? UPPC_IfExists : UPPC_IfNotExists;
-  if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(SS, UPPC) ||
-      DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(TargetNameInfo, UPPC))
-    return IER_Error;
-
-  return CheckMicrosoftIfExistsSymbol(S, SS, TargetNameInfo);
-}